1. Introduction
 For two smooth components 
 $Y_1,Y_2$
 meeting in a smooth divisor D a folkloristic statement says that a necessary condition for
$Y_1,Y_2$
 meeting in a smooth divisor D a folkloristic statement says that a necessary condition for 
 $X=Y_1\cup Y_2$
 to have a smoothing is that the two normal bundles are dual to each other; that is,
$X=Y_1\cup Y_2$
 to have a smoothing is that the two normal bundles are dual to each other; that is, 
 $\mathcal {N}_{D/Y_1}\otimes \mathcal {N}_{D/Y_2}\cong \mathcal {O}_D$
. This statement is actually incorrect. It is true only with the further requirement that the total space of the smoothing be itself smooth. Conceptually,
$\mathcal {N}_{D/Y_1}\otimes \mathcal {N}_{D/Y_2}\cong \mathcal {O}_D$
. This statement is actually incorrect. It is true only with the further requirement that the total space of the smoothing be itself smooth. Conceptually, 
 $\mathcal {N}_{D/Y_1}\otimes \mathcal {N}_{D/Y_2}\cong \mathcal {E} xt^1(\Omega _X,\mathcal {O}_X)=:\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 and Friedman famously coined the notion of d-semistability, which is saying
$\mathcal {N}_{D/Y_1}\otimes \mathcal {N}_{D/Y_2}\cong \mathcal {E} xt^1(\Omega _X,\mathcal {O}_X)=:\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 and Friedman famously coined the notion of d-semistability, which is saying 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X\cong \mathcal {O}_D$
 [Reference Friedman17]. We are going to generalise the situation by only requiring
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X\cong \mathcal {O}_D$
 [Reference Friedman17]. We are going to generalise the situation by only requiring 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 to be generated by global sections (and beyond). For a choice of
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 to be generated by global sections (and beyond). For a choice of 
 $s\in \Gamma (D,\mathcal{T}\,^1_X)$
, the total space of the smoothing will then be of the local form
$s\in \Gamma (D,\mathcal{T}\,^1_X)$
, the total space of the smoothing will then be of the local form 
 $xy=tf$
 where t is the deformation parameter,
$xy=tf$
 where t is the deformation parameter, 
 $Y_1=V(x), Y_2=V(y)$
 and f represents s in a local trivialisation of
$Y_1=V(x), Y_2=V(y)$
 and f represents s in a local trivialisation of 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
. The total space of the smoothing has singularities precisely along
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
. The total space of the smoothing has singularities precisely along 
 $s=0$
. The local form
$s=0$
. The local form 
 $xy=tf$
 has been found to be abundant in mirror symmetry applications [Reference Chiang, Klemm, Yau and Zaslow9, Reference Gross and Siebert19, Reference Gross and Siebert20, Reference Gross and Siebert21, Reference Chan, Lau and Conan Leung6, Reference Gross, Katzarkov and Ruddat18, Reference Abouzaid, Auroux and Katzarkov1, Reference Ruddat and Siebert43].
$xy=tf$
 has been found to be abundant in mirror symmetry applications [Reference Chiang, Klemm, Yau and Zaslow9, Reference Gross and Siebert19, Reference Gross and Siebert20, Reference Gross and Siebert21, Reference Chan, Lau and Conan Leung6, Reference Gross, Katzarkov and Ruddat18, Reference Abouzaid, Auroux and Katzarkov1, Reference Ruddat and Siebert43].
 We work more generally with a normal crossing space; that is, a connected variety X over 
 $\mathbb {C}$
 étale locally of the form
$\mathbb {C}$
 étale locally of the form 
 $z_1\cdot ...\cdot z_k=0$
 for varying
$z_1\cdot ...\cdot z_k=0$
 for varying 
 $k\le \dim X+1$
. We call a flat map
$k\le \dim X+1$
. We call a flat map 
 $\mathcal {X}\to \mathbb {D}$
 for
$\mathcal {X}\to \mathbb {D}$
 for 
 $\mathbb {D}$
 a holomorphic disk a smoothing of X if the central fibre is isomorphic to X and the general fibre is smooth. If a smoothing exists, then we call X smoothable. We say that a normal crossing space has effective anticanonical class if the dual of its dualising sheaf
$\mathbb {D}$
 a holomorphic disk a smoothing of X if the central fibre is isomorphic to X and the general fibre is smooth. If a smoothing exists, then we call X smoothable. We say that a normal crossing space has effective anticanonical class if the dual of its dualising sheaf 
 $\omega _X$
 can be represented by a reduced divisor E that meets the strata of X transversely; that is, étale locally along E, X is equivalent to
$\omega _X$
 can be represented by a reduced divisor E that meets the strata of X transversely; that is, étale locally along E, X is equivalent to 
 $E\times \mathbb {A}^1$
. We prove the following theorem.
$E\times \mathbb {A}^1$
. We prove the following theorem.
Theorem 1.1. Let X be a proper normal crossing space with effective anticanonical class. If 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is generated by global sections and
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is generated by global sections and 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 is projective, then X is smoothable.
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 is projective, then X is smoothable.
 The only purpose of the projectivity condition is to apply Bertini’s theorem to have available a ‘nice’ section of the line bundle 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 on
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 on 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
. Both the projectivity assumption as well as the global generatedness assumption on
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
. Both the projectivity assumption as well as the global generatedness assumption on 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 can thus be removed if there exists a schön section of
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 can thus be removed if there exists a schön section of 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
; that is, a section whose vanishing locus Z is reduced and
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
; that is, a section whose vanishing locus Z is reduced and 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 is locally along Z equivalent to
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 is locally along Z equivalent to 
 $Z\times \mathbb {A}^1$
. We also prove a more general theorem for toroidal crossing spaces (Theorem 1.7). Theorem 1.1 provides a lot more flexibility than existing smoothing results, notably Friedman’s [Reference Friedman17] for surfaces, Kawamata–Namikawa’s [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34] for d-semistable Calabi–Yaus and Gross–Siebert’s [Reference Gross and Siebert21] allowing a singular total space but with much stronger requirements on X; see also [Reference Tziolas51, Reference Yotsutani52, Reference Yotsutani53, Reference Hashimoto and Sano26, Reference Lee36].
$Z\times \mathbb {A}^1$
. We also prove a more general theorem for toroidal crossing spaces (Theorem 1.7). Theorem 1.1 provides a lot more flexibility than existing smoothing results, notably Friedman’s [Reference Friedman17] for surfaces, Kawamata–Namikawa’s [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34] for d-semistable Calabi–Yaus and Gross–Siebert’s [Reference Gross and Siebert21] allowing a singular total space but with much stronger requirements on X; see also [Reference Tziolas51, Reference Yotsutani52, Reference Yotsutani53, Reference Hashimoto and Sano26, Reference Lee36].
Example 1.2. The union X of d hyperplanes in general position in 
 $\mathbb {P}^n$
 is smoothable to a degree d hypersurface, but none of the existing results is able to predict the smoothability of X abstractly. Indeed, the total space of the smoothing is singular because it requires blowing up the base locus of the smoothing pencil. On the other hand,
$\mathbb {P}^n$
 is smoothable to a degree d hypersurface, but none of the existing results is able to predict the smoothability of X abstractly. Indeed, the total space of the smoothing is singular because it requires blowing up the base locus of the smoothing pencil. On the other hand, 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is generated by global sections. Theorem 1.1 predicts the smoothability if
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is generated by global sections. Theorem 1.1 predicts the smoothability if 
 $d\le n+1$
.
$d\le n+1$
.
Example 1.3. The simplest type of normal crossing space is one with two smoothly intersecting components: let Y be a smooth Fano manifold with 
 $-K_Y$
 very ample, let D be a smooth section of
$-K_Y$
 very ample, let D be a smooth section of 
 $-K_Y$
 and let X be the normal crossing space obtained by identifying two copies of Y along D. Then
$-K_Y$
 and let X be the normal crossing space obtained by identifying two copies of Y along D. Then 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X\cong \mathcal {N}\,^{\otimes 2}_{D/Y}$
 is generated by global sections and X is Calabi–Yau, so Theorem 1.1 provides a smoothing of X. For Fano 3-folds Y that are complete intersections in products of weighted projective spaces the smoothing gives Calabi–Yau threefolds of Euler numbers
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X\cong \mathcal {N}\,^{\otimes 2}_{D/Y}$
 is generated by global sections and X is Calabi–Yau, so Theorem 1.1 provides a smoothing of X. For Fano 3-folds Y that are complete intersections in products of weighted projective spaces the smoothing gives Calabi–Yau threefolds of Euler numbers 
 $-106, -122, -138, -156, -128, -156, -176, -256, -260, -296$
. Though double intersection situations can be birationally modified to be tractable by the smoothing result in [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34], this is no longer true for triple (and higher) intersection situations [Reference Lee35], but Theorem 1.1 provides smoothings.
$-106, -122, -138, -156, -128, -156, -176, -256, -260, -296$
. Though double intersection situations can be birationally modified to be tractable by the smoothing result in [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34], this is no longer true for triple (and higher) intersection situations [Reference Lee35], but Theorem 1.1 provides smoothings.
 Theorem 1.1 considerably facilitates the construction of Calabi–Yau and Fano manifolds. Our work generalises the Gross–Siebert program towards allowing nontoric components in the central fibre as well as more flexibility in the local structure (cf. Example 1.8). We generalise Tziolas’s smoothing result for Fanos by dropping its cohomological condition [Reference Tziolas51]. Though we work with toric local models, nontoric deformations of toric local models have applications for smoothing singular toric Fanos or the construction of versal deformations of nonisolated Gorenstein singularities; see [Reference Corti, Filip and Petracci11, Reference Coates, Corti, Galkin, Golyshev and Kasprzyk10]. For Whitney umbrella local models, the 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1$
-sheaf has recently been computed in [Reference Fantechi, Franciosi and Pardini14]. If the pushforward of the sheaf of differentials from the log smooth locus can be verified to commute with base change for other types of local models, then our smoothing result extends to such situations.
$\mathcal{T}\,^1$
-sheaf has recently been computed in [Reference Fantechi, Franciosi and Pardini14]. If the pushforward of the sheaf of differentials from the log smooth locus can be verified to commute with base change for other types of local models, then our smoothing result extends to such situations.
Our results enable the construction of versal Calabi–Yau families and conjecturally a logarithmic Frobenius manifold structure in a formal neighbourhood of the extended moduli space; see [Reference Barannikov and Kontsevich3], [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Theorem 1.3]. Theorem 1.10 can be viewed as the statement that the Hodge bundles extend trivially over boundary divisors in the moduli space that have toroidal families above them; see also [Reference Liu, Shen and Chen37]. Because the smoothing deformations are constructed via the Batalin–Vilkovisky formalism in the Gerstenhaber algebra of (log) polyvector fields (Subsection 13.1), the connection to homological mirror symmetry can be made via [Reference Barannikov and Kontsevich3], [Reference Katzarkov, Kontsevich and Pantev33].
1.1. Method of Proof
 The first step towards proving Theorem 1.1 is to furnish X with a log structure, an idea already found in [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34, Reference Gross and Siebert21]. We build a connection between these two works. A sheaf of sets 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
 on X classifying log smooth structures locally on X over the standard log point S has been defined and studied in [Reference Gross and Siebert19]. We show in Section 5 that there is a canonical map
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
 on X classifying log smooth structures locally on X over the standard log point S has been defined and studied in [Reference Gross and Siebert19]. We show in Section 5 that there is a canonical map 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 with the property that a section
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 with the property that a section 
 $s\in \Gamma (X_{\mathrm {sing}},\mathcal{T}\,^1_X)$
 yields a log smooth structure on
$s\in \Gamma (X_{\mathrm {sing}},\mathcal{T}\,^1_X)$
 yields a log smooth structure on 
 $U:=X\setminus V(s)$
; that is, we obtain a log smooth morphisms
$U:=X\setminus V(s)$
; that is, we obtain a log smooth morphisms 
 $U\to S$
. The complement
$U\to S$
. The complement 
 $Z:=V(s)$
 has codimension 2 in X. Using Bertini’s theorem with the projectivity of
$Z:=V(s)$
 has codimension 2 in X. Using Bertini’s theorem with the projectivity of 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, we can assume that Z is schön as defined above.
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, we can assume that Z is schön as defined above.
 In the fashion of Zariski–Steenbrink–Danilov, we consider the differential forms 
 $W^k_{X/S}:=j_*\Omega ^k_{U/S}$
 for
$W^k_{X/S}:=j_*\Omega ^k_{U/S}$
 for 
 $j\colon U\hookrightarrow X$
 the inclusion. In the logarithmic context, these complexes were defined and studied independently by [Reference Nakayama and Ogus38] and [Reference Gross and Siebert20]. A key ingredient for the smoothing of X is the knowledge that the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequence for
$j\colon U\hookrightarrow X$
 the inclusion. In the logarithmic context, these complexes were defined and studied independently by [Reference Nakayama and Ogus38] and [Reference Gross and Siebert20]. A key ingredient for the smoothing of X is the knowledge that the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequence for 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 degenerates at
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 degenerates at 
 $E_1$
, a very hard problem. We use the close control over
$E_1$
, a very hard problem. We use the close control over 
 $W^k_{X/S}$
 along Z, which we gain by using [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Reference Ruddat41] to obtain a particular type of elementary log toroidal local model for the log structure near Z. For the proof of the Hodge–de Rham degeneration, we follow the approach by Deligne–Illusie [Reference Deligne and Illusie13]: spreading out to finite characteristic and using the Cartier isomorphism. However, the lack of coherence poses serious new challenges. The hardest technical part is to show that the sheaves
$W^k_{X/S}$
 along Z, which we gain by using [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Reference Ruddat41] to obtain a particular type of elementary log toroidal local model for the log structure near Z. For the proof of the Hodge–de Rham degeneration, we follow the approach by Deligne–Illusie [Reference Deligne and Illusie13]: spreading out to finite characteristic and using the Cartier isomorphism. However, the lack of coherence poses serious new challenges. The hardest technical part is to show that the sheaves 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 commute with base change because
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 commute with base change because 
 $j_*$
 and
$j_*$
 and 
 $\otimes $
 do not commute in general. Base change may fail for low characteristics by Example 7.5. However, if the characteristic of the base field is sufficiently large, we prove by explicit computation in the elementary log toroidal local models that the sheaves
$\otimes $
 do not commute in general. Base change may fail for low characteristics by Example 7.5. However, if the characteristic of the base field is sufficiently large, we prove by explicit computation in the elementary log toroidal local models that the sheaves 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 commute with base change. As a second difficulty, underived pushforward
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 commute with base change. As a second difficulty, underived pushforward 
 $j_*$
 does not ordinarily pass to the derived category and we find a workaround here. We settle a conjecture by Danilov [Reference Danilov12, Reference Fantechi, Franciosi and Pardini14.Reference Chan and N. Ma8] along the way (Theorem 1.4).
$j_*$
 does not ordinarily pass to the derived category and we find a workaround here. We settle a conjecture by Danilov [Reference Danilov12, Reference Fantechi, Franciosi and Pardini14.Reference Chan and N. Ma8] along the way (Theorem 1.4).
 To show the unobstructedness of log deformations of X, we use recent advancements of the Bogomolov–Tian–Todorov theory motivated by the study of mirror symmetry, starting with [Reference Katzarkov, Kontsevich and Pantev33] and [Reference Barannikov and Kontsevich3], which was cultivated to work in algebraic geometry by [Reference Iacono and Manetti28]. All of these works, however, produce equisingular deformations (because they are intended for deforming smooth spaces). The crucial difference to our setup is that though we prescribe local deformations by the log structure, these are not locally trivial deformations. Building on [Reference Fiorenza, Manetti and Martinengo16], recently this difficulty in the theory has been addressed in [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Reference Chan and N. Ma8], which adapts perfectly to our situation to produce a formal deformation in the prescribed local models; see Section 13. We found the framework of Gerstenhaber algebras to be the most effective to think about the theory that governs our way of parsing [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7] in Subsection 13.1; see also [Reference Felten15]. At this point, the assumption about effectiveness of 
 $\omega _X^{-1}$
 enters the proof, so that one obtains an isomorphism of
$\omega _X^{-1}$
 enters the proof, so that one obtains an isomorphism of 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}(\log E)$
 with the Gerstenhaber algebra of log polyvector fields
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}(\log E)$
 with the Gerstenhaber algebra of log polyvector fields 
 $\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }$
 and has the Batalin–Vilkovisky operator
$\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }$
 and has the Batalin–Vilkovisky operator 
 $\Delta $
 available by transporting the de Rham differential to
$\Delta $
 available by transporting the de Rham differential to 
 $\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }$
, which is used in Subsection 13.2.
$\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }$
, which is used in Subsection 13.2.
To improve the resulting formal smoothing to an analytic smoothing, we use the Grauert–Douady space and Artin approximation as already done in [Reference Ruddat and Siebert43].
1.2. Toroidal Pairs and Danilov’s Conjecture
 A toroidal pair 
 $(X,D)$
 is a variety X over a field
$(X,D)$
 is a variety X over a field 
 $\Bbbk $
 of characteristic zero with Weil divisor
$\Bbbk $
 of characteristic zero with Weil divisor 
 $D\subset X$
 such that X is étale locally equivalent to an affine toric variety with D identified with a reduced toric divisor (not necessarily the entire toric boundary). Danilov defined the sheaf of differentials
$D\subset X$
 such that X is étale locally equivalent to an affine toric variety with D identified with a reduced toric divisor (not necessarily the entire toric boundary). Danilov defined the sheaf of differentials 
 $\tilde \Omega ^p_X(\log D)$
 as the pushforward of the usual Kähler differentials
$\tilde \Omega ^p_X(\log D)$
 as the pushforward of the usual Kähler differentials 
 $\Omega ^p_{X_{reg}}(\log D|_{X_{reg}})$
 with log poles from the locus
$\Omega ^p_{X_{reg}}(\log D|_{X_{reg}})$
 with log poles from the locus 
 $X_{reg} \subset X$
 where the space is regular.
$X_{reg} \subset X$
 where the space is regular.
Theorem 1.4 Danilov’s conjecture
 Given a proper toroidal pair 
 $(X,D)$
, the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequence
$(X,D)$
, the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequence 
 $$ \begin{align*}E_1^{p,q}=H^q(X,\tilde\Omega^p_X(\log D))\Rightarrow \mathbb{H}^{p+q}(X,\tilde\Omega^{\bullet}_X(\log D))\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}E_1^{p,q}=H^q(X,\tilde\Omega^p_X(\log D))\Rightarrow \mathbb{H}^{p+q}(X,\tilde\Omega^{\bullet}_X(\log D))\end{align*} $$
degenerates at 
 $E_1$
.
$E_1$
.
 Special cases of this theorem were known before: when X has at worst orbifold singularities [Reference Steenbrink45], for 
 $D=\emptyset $
 [Reference Blickle5], and for D locally the entire toric boundary [Reference Tsuji48, Reference Illusie29]. We believe that our methods can be extended to prove generalisations of the Akizuki–Nakano–Kodaira vanishing theorem.
$D=\emptyset $
 [Reference Blickle5], and for D locally the entire toric boundary [Reference Tsuji48, Reference Illusie29]. We believe that our methods can be extended to prove generalisations of the Akizuki–Nakano–Kodaira vanishing theorem.
1.3. Toroidal Crossing Spaces, Their Log Structures, and Orbifold Smoothings
 If 
 $V=\operatorname {Spec}\Bbbk [P]$
 is an affine toric variety given by some toric monoid P, consider the map of sheaves
$V=\operatorname {Spec}\Bbbk [P]$
 is an affine toric variety given by some toric monoid P, consider the map of sheaves 
 $a\colon \underline P\to \mathcal {O}_V, p\mapsto z^p,$
 with
$a\colon \underline P\to \mathcal {O}_V, p\mapsto z^p,$
 with 
 $\underline P$
 denoting the constant sheaf. We obtain a sheaf of monoids
$\underline P$
 denoting the constant sheaf. We obtain a sheaf of monoids 
 $\mathcal {P}_V=\underline P/a^{-1}(\mathcal {O}_V^\times )$
. Now V is Gorenstein if and only if the toric boundary D in V is a Cartier divisor and hence given as the zero locus of a monomial
$\mathcal {P}_V=\underline P/a^{-1}(\mathcal {O}_V^\times )$
. Now V is Gorenstein if and only if the toric boundary D in V is a Cartier divisor and hence given as the zero locus of a monomial 
 .
.
Definition 1.5 Schröer and Siebert [Reference Schröer and Siebert44]
 A toroidal crossing space is an algebraic space X over 
 $\Bbbk $
 together with a sheaf of monoids
$\Bbbk $
 together with a sheaf of monoids 
 $\mathcal {P}$
 with global section
$\mathcal {P}$
 with global section 
 such that for every point
 such that for every point 
 $x\in X$
, étale locally at x, X permits a smooth map to the toric boundary
$x\in X$
, étale locally at x, X permits a smooth map to the toric boundary 
 $D_x$
 in
$D_x$
 in 
 $V_x=\operatorname {Spec} \Bbbk [\mathcal {P}_x]$
 so that
$V_x=\operatorname {Spec} \Bbbk [\mathcal {P}_x]$
 so that 
 $\mathcal {P}$
 is isomorphic to the pullback of
$\mathcal {P}$
 is isomorphic to the pullback of 
 $\mathcal {P}_{V_x}$
 and mapping
$\mathcal {P}_{V_x}$
 and mapping 
 to the monomial in
 to the monomial in 
 $\mathcal {P}_x$
 whose divisor is
$\mathcal {P}_x$
 whose divisor is 
 $D_x$
.
$D_x$
.
 A toroidal crossing space X is automatically Gorenstein, and we denote its dualising line bundle by 
 $\omega _X$
. The boundary divisor in a Gorenstein toric variety is naturally a toroidal crossing space. General hyperplane sections of projective toroidal crossing spaces are again naturally toroidal crossing spaces.
$\omega _X$
. The boundary divisor in a Gorenstein toric variety is naturally a toroidal crossing space. General hyperplane sections of projective toroidal crossing spaces are again naturally toroidal crossing spaces.
Lemma 1.6. A normal crossing space is naturally a toroidal crossing space by setting 
 $\mathcal {P}_x:=\mathbb {N}^k$
 and
$\mathcal {P}_x:=\mathbb {N}^k$
 and 
 whenever X is locally at x given by
 whenever X is locally at x given by 
 $z_1\cdot ...\cdot z_k=0$
. (Though there are other possibilities to turn a normal crossing space into a toroidal crossing space, we will always refer to this one.)
$z_1\cdot ...\cdot z_k=0$
. (Though there are other possibilities to turn a normal crossing space into a toroidal crossing space, we will always refer to this one.)
 The class of toroidal crossing spaces is closed under forming products (but not so the class of normal crossing spaces). The sheaf 
 $\mathcal {P}$
 provides what Gross and Siebert call a ghost structure for X ([Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.16]), an ingredient to define the sheaf
$\mathcal {P}$
 provides what Gross and Siebert call a ghost structure for X ([Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.16]), an ingredient to define the sheaf 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 ([Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.19]) whose sections are in bijection with log structures on X together with a log smooth map to the standard log point S. By [Reference Gross and Siebert19],
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 ([Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.19]) whose sections are in bijection with log structures on X together with a log smooth map to the standard log point S. By [Reference Gross and Siebert19], 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 embeds into the coherent sheaf
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 embeds into the coherent sheaf 
 $\bigoplus _C j_{C,*}\mathcal {N}_{\tilde C}$
 where the sum is over the irreducible components C of
$\bigoplus _C j_{C,*}\mathcal {N}_{\tilde C}$
 where the sum is over the irreducible components C of 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
,
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, 
 $j_C\colon \tilde C\to C\to X$
 is the composition of normalisation and closed embedding and
$j_C\colon \tilde C\to C\to X$
 is the composition of normalisation and closed embedding and 
 $\mathcal {N}_{\tilde C}$
 is a line bundle on
$\mathcal {N}_{\tilde C}$
 is a line bundle on 
 $\tilde C$
. The sheaf
$\tilde C$
. The sheaf 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 often does not have global sections. It suffices, however, to give a section s of
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 often does not have global sections. It suffices, however, to give a section s of 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 on a dense open set U that contains the generic points of the minimal strata of X so that each component
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 on a dense open set U that contains the generic points of the minimal strata of X so that each component 
 $s_C\in \Gamma (U\cap C,\mathcal {N}_C)$
 of s extends to a section of
$s_C\in \Gamma (U\cap C,\mathcal {N}_C)$
 of s extends to a section of 
 $\mathcal {N}_C$
 on all of C by acquiring simple zeros. The zeros define a reduced Cartier divisor
$\mathcal {N}_C$
 on all of C by acquiring simple zeros. The zeros define a reduced Cartier divisor 
 $Z_{\tilde C}$
 for each
$Z_{\tilde C}$
 for each 
 $\tilde C$
. Set
$\tilde C$
. Set 
 $Z=\bigcup _C j_C(Z_{\tilde C}) \subset X$
. The construction of local models along Z in [Reference Gross and Siebert20] was generalised in [Reference Ruddat41]: locally the coherent log structure, given by s on U, extends to an incoherent log structure on X that is still given by certain toric local models, namely, from a divisor in an affine toric variety that is not the entire toric boundary; for example, as in the definition of toroidal pair above. A section s of
$Z=\bigcup _C j_C(Z_{\tilde C}) \subset X$
. The construction of local models along Z in [Reference Gross and Siebert20] was generalised in [Reference Ruddat41]: locally the coherent log structure, given by s on U, extends to an incoherent log structure on X that is still given by certain toric local models, namely, from a divisor in an affine toric variety that is not the entire toric boundary; for example, as in the definition of toroidal pair above. A section s of 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 on a dense open set U will be called simple if it extends to X by simple zeros and the resulting
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 on a dense open set U will be called simple if it extends to X by simple zeros and the resulting 
 $Z_{\tilde C}$
 satisfy the simpleness criterion in Section 6. Our most general smoothing result is the following.
$Z_{\tilde C}$
 satisfy the simpleness criterion in Section 6. Our most general smoothing result is the following.
Theorem 1.7. Let X be a proper toroidal crossing space with a simple section s of 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 on a dense open set U. Assume that
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 on a dense open set U. Assume that 
 $\omega ^{-1}_X$
 permits a section whose divisor of zeros E meets all strata of X and Z transversely (e.g., when
$\omega ^{-1}_X$
 permits a section whose divisor of zeros E meets all strata of X and Z transversely (e.g., when 
 $\omega ^{-1}_X\cong \mathcal {O}_X$
,
$\omega ^{-1}_X\cong \mathcal {O}_X$
, 
 $E=\emptyset $
); then X is smoothable to an orbifold with terminal singularities.
$E=\emptyset $
); then X is smoothable to an orbifold with terminal singularities.
 There is a precise derivation of the types of singularities of the orbifold smoothing from knowing 
 $\mathcal {P}$
 and Z; for example, for a normal crossing space there will be no singularities in the general fibre of the smoothing and thus, combined with the Bertini argument and linking
$\mathcal {P}$
 and Z; for example, for a normal crossing space there will be no singularities in the general fibre of the smoothing and thus, combined with the Bertini argument and linking 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 with
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 with 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
, we find that Theorem 1.7 implies Theorem 1.1; see Proposition 6.10. A section of
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
, we find that Theorem 1.7 implies Theorem 1.1; see Proposition 6.10. A section of 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 is of complete intersection type (c.i.t.) as defined in [Reference Ruddat41], roughly speaking, if the log singular set satisfies a transversality assumption. A c.i.t. section gives rise to a log toroidal morphism. Theorem 6.13 does not hold for the general c.i.t. case but we obtain the following.
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 is of complete intersection type (c.i.t.) as defined in [Reference Ruddat41], roughly speaking, if the log singular set satisfies a transversality assumption. A c.i.t. section gives rise to a log toroidal morphism. Theorem 6.13 does not hold for the general c.i.t. case but we obtain the following.
Example 1.8. We follow [Reference Gross and Siebert19]. Let 
 $(B,\mathscr {P},\varphi )$
 be a closed oriented tropical manifold with singular locus combinatorially c.i.t.; then the associated space
$(B,\mathscr {P},\varphi )$
 be a closed oriented tropical manifold with singular locus combinatorially c.i.t.; then the associated space 
 $X_0(B,\mathcal {P},s)$
 with its vanilla gluing data and log structure satisfies the assumptions of Theorem 1.7 for
$X_0(B,\mathcal {P},s)$
 with its vanilla gluing data and log structure satisfies the assumptions of Theorem 1.7 for 
 $E=\emptyset $
 if the orbifold nearby fibre models are terminal (given by elementary simplices). Smoothings for such spaces were constructed in [Reference Gross and Siebert21] under the stronger assumption of local rigidity; for example, the quintic 3-fold degeneration in
$E=\emptyset $
 if the orbifold nearby fibre models are terminal (given by elementary simplices). Smoothings for such spaces were constructed in [Reference Gross and Siebert21] under the stronger assumption of local rigidity; for example, the quintic 3-fold degeneration in 
 $\mathbb {P}^4$
 is not locally rigid but c.i.t.
$\mathbb {P}^4$
 is not locally rigid but c.i.t.
1.4. The Hodge–de Rham Spectral Sequence
 We refer to [Reference Kato32, Reference Kato30, Reference Gross and Siebert19, Reference Ogus39] for basic notions of log geometry. Let 
 $f\colon X\to S$
 be a log toroidal family as defined in Definition 4.1. A toroidal pair
$f\colon X\to S$
 be a log toroidal family as defined in Definition 4.1. A toroidal pair 
 $(X,D)$
 yields an example by giving X the divisorial log structure from D and making S the log trivial point. The families X over the standard log point featured in Theorem 1.7 give further examples. Also, a saturated relatively log smooth morphism
$(X,D)$
 yields an example by giving X the divisorial log structure from D and making S the log trivial point. The families X over the standard log point featured in Theorem 1.7 give further examples. Also, a saturated relatively log smooth morphism 
 $f\colon X\to S$
 in the sense of [Reference Nakayama and Ogus38] is an example. The complex
$f\colon X\to S$
 in the sense of [Reference Nakayama and Ogus38] is an example. The complex 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 (see page 3) gives rise to a spectral sequence
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 (see page 3) gives rise to a spectral sequence 
 $$ \begin{align*}E(X/S)\colon E^{pq}_1 = R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} \Rightarrow R^{p + q}f_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}E(X/S)\colon E^{pq}_1 = R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} \Rightarrow R^{p + q}f_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S}.\end{align*} $$
Let Q be a sharp toric monoid and 
 $\Bbbk $
 be a field of characteristic zero. We prove the following theorems.
$\Bbbk $
 be a field of characteristic zero. We prove the following theorems.
Theorem 1.9. Let 
 $S=\operatorname {Spec} (Q\to \Bbbk )$
 and
$S=\operatorname {Spec} (Q\to \Bbbk )$
 and 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family (with respect to
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family (with respect to 
 $S \to A_Q$
). Then
$S \to A_Q$
). Then 
 $E(X/S)$
 degenerates at
$E(X/S)$
 degenerates at 
 $E_1$
.
$E_1$
.
 Theorem 1.9 implies Theorem 1.4 because 
 $W^p_{X/S}=\tilde \Omega ^p_X(\log D)$
 whenever f comes from a toroidal pair. We conjecture the statement of Theorem 1.9 to hold also for an arbitrary coherent base S over a field of characteristic zero. To prove Theorem 1.9, we adapt the proof of the degeneration in [Reference Deligne and Illusie13] as follows: because f is proper, it suffices to verify
$W^p_{X/S}=\tilde \Omega ^p_X(\log D)$
 whenever f comes from a toroidal pair. We conjecture the statement of Theorem 1.9 to hold also for an arbitrary coherent base S over a field of characteristic zero. To prove Theorem 1.9, we adapt the proof of the degeneration in [Reference Deligne and Illusie13] as follows: because f is proper, it suffices to verify 
 $$ \begin{align} \sum_{p + q = n} \mathrm{dim}\ R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} = \mathrm{dim}\ R^nf_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \sum_{p + q = n} \mathrm{dim}\ R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} = \mathrm{dim}\ R^nf_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S}. \end{align} $$
In Section 9, we show that 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 spreads out to a log toroidal family
$f\colon X \to S$
 spreads out to a log toroidal family 
 $\phi \colon \mathfrak X \to \mathcal {S} = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B)$
 where
$\phi \colon \mathfrak X \to \mathcal {S} = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B)$
 where 
 $\mathbb {Z} \subset B \subset \Bbbk $
 is a subring such that
$\mathbb {Z} \subset B \subset \Bbbk $
 is a subring such that 
 $B/\mathbb {Z}$
 is of finite type. Spreading out of log smooth morphisms over a log trivial base has been done before in [Reference Tsuji48, Lemma 4.11.1] and we generalise the construction to more general bases and show that the local model in the log toroidal case can be preserved. Then for suitable fields
$B/\mathbb {Z}$
 is of finite type. Spreading out of log smooth morphisms over a log trivial base has been done before in [Reference Tsuji48, Lemma 4.11.1] and we generalise the construction to more general bases and show that the local model in the log toroidal case can be preserved. Then for suitable fields 
 $k \supset \mathbb {F}_p$
, with
$k \supset \mathbb {F}_p$
, with 
 $W_2(k)$
 denoting the ring of second Witt vectors, we obtain by base change a diagram with Cartesian squares
$W_2(k)$
 denoting the ring of second Witt vectors, we obtain by base change a diagram with Cartesian squares

 In Section 8 we investigate the behavior of 
 $W^{\bullet }$
 under base change, which leads to equalities like
$W^{\bullet }$
 under base change, which leads to equalities like 
 $\mathrm {dim}_\Bbbk R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} = \mathrm {dim}_k R^q(\phi _k)_*W^p_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
; that is, it suffices to show (*) for
$\mathrm {dim}_\Bbbk R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} = \mathrm {dim}_k R^q(\phi _k)_*W^p_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
; that is, it suffices to show (*) for 
 $\phi _k\colon \mathfrak X_k \to \operatorname {Spec} k$
. In Section 10 we construct the Cartier isomorphism for log toroidal families in positive characteristic, which we then apply in Section 11 to obtain the Frobenius decomposition of
$\phi _k\colon \mathfrak X_k \to \operatorname {Spec} k$
. In Section 10 we construct the Cartier isomorphism for log toroidal families in positive characteristic, which we then apply in Section 11 to obtain the Frobenius decomposition of 
 $F_*W^{\bullet }_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
 where F is the relative Frobenius. Finally, in Section 12, we put the pieces together and prove Theorem 1.9.
$F_*W^{\bullet }_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
 where F is the relative Frobenius. Finally, in Section 12, we put the pieces together and prove Theorem 1.9.
 We prove a modest but important generalisation of Theorem 1.9 to the relative case using Katz’s method that first appeared in [Reference Steenbrink45]. This requires a detailed understanding of the analytification of the absolute differentials 
 $W^{\bullet ,an}_{X}$
 with respect to base change as given in Subsections 7.2 and 12.1.
$W^{\bullet ,an}_{X}$
 with respect to base change as given in Subsections 7.2 and 12.1.
Theorem 1.10. Let 
 $S = S_m := \operatorname {Spec} (\mathbb {N} \stackrel {1\mapsto t}\to \mathbb {C}[t]/(t^{m + 1}))$
 and let
$S = S_m := \operatorname {Spec} (\mathbb {N} \stackrel {1\mapsto t}\to \mathbb {C}[t]/(t^{m + 1}))$
 and let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family with respect to
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family with respect to 
 $S \to A_{\mathbb {N}}$
. Then
$S \to A_{\mathbb {N}}$
. Then 
- 
1.  $R^qf_*W^p_{X/S}$
 is a free $R^qf_*W^p_{X/S}$
 is a free $\mathbb {C}[t]/(t^{m + 1})$
-module whose formation commutes with base change. $\mathbb {C}[t]/(t^{m + 1})$
-module whose formation commutes with base change.
- 
2. The spectral sequence  $R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} \Rightarrow R^{p + q}f_*W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 degenerates at $R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} \Rightarrow R^{p + q}f_*W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 degenerates at $E_1$
. $E_1$
.
 There are problems with similar theorems in earlier works: the generalisation from a 1-dimensional base to higher dimensions in [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34, p. 404] is flawed, which then also affects [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 4.1]. In addition, there is a gap in the proof of [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 4.1] related to the fact that the de Rham differential of 
 $\Omega ^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 is not
$\Omega ^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 is not 
 $\mathcal {O}_X$
-linear. Because our result encompasses the one-parameter base case of [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 4.1], Theorem 1.10 closes the latter gap.
$\mathcal {O}_X$
-linear. Because our result encompasses the one-parameter base case of [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 4.1], Theorem 1.10 closes the latter gap.
Conventions. We use 
 $\underline X$
 to refer to the underlying scheme of a log scheme X. Given a map
$\underline X$
 to refer to the underlying scheme of a log scheme X. Given a map 
 $P\to A$
 from a monoid P into the multiplicative monoid of a ring A, we refer to the associated log scheme by
$P\to A$
 from a monoid P into the multiplicative monoid of a ring A, we refer to the associated log scheme by 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\big (P\to A\big )$
.
$\operatorname {Spec}\big (P\to A\big )$
.
2. Generically Log Smooth Families
 A log toroidal family will be a generalisation of a saturated log smooth morphism. We first introduce the weaker notion of a generically log smooth family that already enjoys some useful properties. Log structures in the entire article are assumed to be in the étale (or analytic) topology. If 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 is a finite-type morphism of Noetherian schemes, we say a Zariski open
$f\colon X \to S$
 is a finite-type morphism of Noetherian schemes, we say a Zariski open 
 $U \subset X$
 satisfies the codimension condition (CC) if the relative codimension of
$U \subset X$
 satisfies the codimension condition (CC) if the relative codimension of 
 $Z := X \setminus U$
 is
$Z := X \setminus U$
 is 
 $\geq 2$
; that is, for every point
$\geq 2$
; that is, for every point 
 $s\in S$
 with
$s\in S$
 with 
 $X_s,U_s$
 the fibres,
$X_s,U_s$
 the fibres, 
 $$ \begin{align} \mathrm{codim}(X_s \setminus U_s, X_s) \geq 2. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \mathrm{codim}(X_s \setminus U_s, X_s) \geq 2. \end{align} $$
A Cohen–Macaulay morphism is a flat morphism with Cohen–Macaulay fibres.
Definition 2.1. A generically log smooth family consists of
- 
• a finite-type Cohen–Macaulay morphism  $f\colon X \to S$
 of Noetherian schemes, $f\colon X \to S$
 of Noetherian schemes,
- 
• a Zariski open  $j\colon U \subset X$
 satisfying (CC), $j\colon U \subset X$
 satisfying (CC),
- 
• a saturated and log smooth morphism  $f\colon (U, \mathcal {M}_U) \to (S, \mathcal {M}_S)$
 of fine saturated log schemes. $f\colon (U, \mathcal {M}_U) \to (S, \mathcal {M}_S)$
 of fine saturated log schemes.
The complement 
 $Z := X \setminus U$
 we refer to as the log singular locus even though f might extend log smoothly to it. We say two generically log smooth families
$Z := X \setminus U$
 we refer to as the log singular locus even though f might extend log smoothly to it. We say two generically log smooth families 
 $f,f'\colon X \to S$
 with the same underlying morphism of schemes are equivalent, if there is some
$f,f'\colon X \to S$
 with the same underlying morphism of schemes are equivalent, if there is some 
 $\tilde U \subset U \cap U'$
 satisfying
$\tilde U \subset U \cap U'$
 satisfying 
 $(CC)$
 with
$(CC)$
 with 
 $\mathcal {M}_U|_{\tilde U} \cong \mathcal {M}^{\prime }_{U'}|_{\tilde U}$
 compatibly with all data.
$\mathcal {M}_U|_{\tilde U} \cong \mathcal {M}^{\prime }_{U'}|_{\tilde U}$
 compatibly with all data.
 If 
 $T \to S$
 is a morphism of fine saturated log schemes, then the base change
$T \to S$
 is a morphism of fine saturated log schemes, then the base change 
 $X_T \to T$
 as a generically log smooth family is defined in the obvious way, taking fibre products in the category of all log schemes. Note that we need
$X_T \to T$
 as a generically log smooth family is defined in the obvious way, taking fibre products in the category of all log schemes. Note that we need 
 $f\colon U \to S$
 saturated to ensure that
$f\colon U \to S$
 saturated to ensure that 
 $U_T$
 is again a fine saturated log scheme. The notion of equivalence is due to the fact that we do not care about the precise U. However, for technical simplicity we assume some U fixed. The name log singular locus is in analogy with [Reference Gross and Siebert19].
$U_T$
 is again a fine saturated log scheme. The notion of equivalence is due to the fact that we do not care about the precise U. However, for technical simplicity we assume some U fixed. The name log singular locus is in analogy with [Reference Gross and Siebert19].
Definition 2.2. For a generically log smooth family 
 $f\colon X \to S$
, the de Rham complex is defined as
$f\colon X \to S$
, the de Rham complex is defined as 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S} := j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/S}$
 where
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S} := j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/S}$
 where 
 $\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/S}$
 denotes the log de Rham complex. We also define the
$\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/S}$
 denotes the log de Rham complex. We also define the 
 $\mathcal {O}_X$
-module of degree m log polyvector fields
$\mathcal {O}_X$
-module of degree m log polyvector fields 
 $\Theta ^m_{X/S}:=j_*\bigwedge ^m\mathcal {D} er_{U/S}(\mathcal {O}_U)$
.
$\Theta ^m_{X/S}:=j_*\bigwedge ^m\mathcal {D} er_{U/S}(\mathcal {O}_U)$
.
Lemma 2.3. Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a Cohen–Macaulay morphism of Noetherian schemes, and let
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a Cohen–Macaulay morphism of Noetherian schemes, and let 
 $j\colon U \subset X$
 satisfy (CC). Then
$j\colon U \subset X$
 satisfy (CC). Then 
 $j_*\mathcal {O}_U \cong \mathcal {O}_X$
.
$j_*\mathcal {O}_U \cong \mathcal {O}_X$
.
Proof. This is a special case of [Reference Hassett and Kovács27, Proposition 3.5]. Note that our (CC) is a stronger assumption than the condition on the codimension in [Reference Hassett and Kovács27, Proposition 3.5].
 Let 
 $X\to S$
 be a generically log smooth family. Using the language of [Reference Grothendieck24, Definition 5.9.9], a sheaf
$X\to S$
 be a generically log smooth family. Using the language of [Reference Grothendieck24, Definition 5.9.9], a sheaf 
 $\mathcal {F}$
 we call Z-closed if the natural map
$\mathcal {F}$
 we call Z-closed if the natural map 
 $\mathcal {F}\to j_*(\mathcal {F}|_U)$
 is an isomorphism. Most notable, two Z-closed sheaves that agree on U are entirely equal. By their definition,
$\mathcal {F}\to j_*(\mathcal {F}|_U)$
 is an isomorphism. Most notable, two Z-closed sheaves that agree on U are entirely equal. By their definition, 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 and
$W^m_{X/S}$
 and 
 $\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 are Z-closed. Furthermore, every reflexive sheaf is Z-closed.
$\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 are Z-closed. Furthermore, every reflexive sheaf is Z-closed.
Lemma 2.4. The 
 $\mathcal {O}_X$
-modules
$\mathcal {O}_X$
-modules 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 and
$W^m_{X/S}$
 and 
 $\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 are coherent and reflexive and these depend only on the equivalence class of
$\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 are coherent and reflexive and these depend only on the equivalence class of 
 $f\colon X\to S$
.
$f\colon X\to S$
.
Proof. Let 
 $\tilde U \subset U$
 also satisfy
$\tilde U \subset U$
 also satisfy 
 $(CC)$
. We have by Lemma 2.3 that
$(CC)$
. We have by Lemma 2.3 that 
 $j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{\tilde U/S} = j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/S}$
 because
$j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{\tilde U/S} = j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/S}$
 because 
 $\Omega ^m_{U/S}$
 is finite locally free. Thus,
$\Omega ^m_{U/S}$
 is finite locally free. Thus, 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 depends only on the equivalence class of f. It is clear that it is quasi-coherent. For every sheaf
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 depends only on the equivalence class of f. It is clear that it is quasi-coherent. For every sheaf 
 $\mathcal {G}$
 on U,
$\mathcal {G}$
 on U, 
 $j_*\mathcal {G}$
 is Z-closed, so in particular
$j_*\mathcal {G}$
 is Z-closed, so in particular 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 is Z-closed. Set
$W^m_{X/S}$
 is Z-closed. Set 
 $\mathcal {F}^\vee :=\operatorname {Hom}_{\mathcal {O}_X}(\mathcal {F},\mathcal {O}_X)$
. By Lemma 2.3,
$\mathcal {F}^\vee :=\operatorname {Hom}_{\mathcal {O}_X}(\mathcal {F},\mathcal {O}_X)$
. By Lemma 2.3, 
 $\mathcal {F}^\vee $
 is Z-closed for all
$\mathcal {F}^\vee $
 is Z-closed for all 
 $\mathcal {F}$
, so in particular
$\mathcal {F}$
, so in particular 
 $(W^m_{X/S})^{\vee \vee }$
 is a Z-closed sheaf and it coincides with
$(W^m_{X/S})^{\vee \vee }$
 is a Z-closed sheaf and it coincides with 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 on U; hence,
$W^m_{X/S}$
 on U; hence, 
 $(W^m_{X/S})^{\vee \vee }=W^m_{X/S}$
 and
$(W^m_{X/S})^{\vee \vee }=W^m_{X/S}$
 and 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 is reflexive. By the extension theorem [Reference Grothendieck22, Corollaire 9.4.8], there is a coherent
$W^m_{X/S}$
 is reflexive. By the extension theorem [Reference Grothendieck22, Corollaire 9.4.8], there is a coherent 
 $\mathcal {G}$
 that restricts to
$\mathcal {G}$
 that restricts to 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 on U. Now
$W^m_{X/S}$
 on U. Now 
 $\mathcal {G}^{\vee \vee }=W^m_{X/S}$
 because both are Z-closed and agree on U; hence,
$\mathcal {G}^{\vee \vee }=W^m_{X/S}$
 because both are Z-closed and agree on U; hence, 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 is also coherent. The argument for
$W^m_{X/S}$
 is also coherent. The argument for 
 $\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 is similar.
$\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 is similar.
Lemma 2.5. 
 $W^m_{X/S}=\mathcal {H}\!{\textit {om}}(\Theta ^m_{X/S},\mathcal {O}_X)$
 and
$W^m_{X/S}=\mathcal {H}\!{\textit {om}}(\Theta ^m_{X/S},\mathcal {O}_X)$
 and 
 $\Theta ^m_{X/S}=\mathcal {H}\!{\textit {om}}(W^m_{X/S},\mathcal {O}_X)$
.
$\Theta ^m_{X/S}=\mathcal {H}\!{\textit {om}}(W^m_{X/S},\mathcal {O}_X)$
.
Proof. The statement is clear on U where all sheaves are locally free and then it follows because all sheaves are Z-closed.
Remark 2.6. The pushforward 
 $j_*\mathcal {M}_U\to j_*\mathcal {O}_U=\mathcal {O}_X$
 to X yields a log structure that is compatible with S, so every generically log smooth family is canonically a log morphism
$j_*\mathcal {M}_U\to j_*\mathcal {O}_U=\mathcal {O}_X$
 to X yields a log structure that is compatible with S, so every generically log smooth family is canonically a log morphism 
 $X\to S$
. We do not know whether this pushforward is compatible with base change (and we do not care).
$X\to S$
. We do not know whether this pushforward is compatible with base change (and we do not care).
Remark 2.7. In view of Remark 2.6, neither the so-defined log structure 
 $\mathcal {M}_X$
 nor the associated sheaf of log differentials
$\mathcal {M}_X$
 nor the associated sheaf of log differentials 
 $\Omega _{X/S}$
 will be coherent in general; see Example 2.11. On the the other hand,
$\Omega _{X/S}$
 will be coherent in general; see Example 2.11. On the the other hand, 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 and
$W^m_{X/S}$
 and 
 $\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 are coherent and have further good properties in the case of log toroidal families, as we will see.
$\Theta ^m_{X/S}$
 are coherent and have further good properties in the case of log toroidal families, as we will see.
 Let 
 $X\to S$
 be a generically log smooth family. One defines for the log smooth morphism
$X\to S$
 be a generically log smooth family. One defines for the log smooth morphism 
 $U\to S$
 the horizontal divisor
$U\to S$
 the horizontal divisor 
 $D_U\subset U$
 (see, e.g., [Reference Tsuji49, Definition 2.4] and Remark 3.2). This is only a Weil divisor in general. We denote by D its closure in X and by
$D_U\subset U$
 (see, e.g., [Reference Tsuji49, Definition 2.4] and Remark 3.2). This is only a Weil divisor in general. We denote by D its closure in X and by 
 $I_D$
 the corresponding ideal sheaf. We define
$I_D$
 the corresponding ideal sheaf. We define 
 $W^m_{X/S}(-D):=j_*((I_D W^m_{X/S})|_U)$
. (This does not need to agree with
$W^m_{X/S}(-D):=j_*((I_D W^m_{X/S})|_U)$
. (This does not need to agree with 
 $I_D W^m_{X/S}$
.)
$I_D W^m_{X/S}$
.)
Proposition 2.8. Let 
 $S=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N}\to \Bbbk )$
 for
$S=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N}\to \Bbbk )$
 for 
 $\Bbbk $
 a field where
$\Bbbk $
 a field where 
 $1\mapsto 0$
. Let
$1\mapsto 0$
. Let 
 $f\colon X\to S$
 be a generically log smooth family of relative dimension d and let
$f\colon X\to S$
 be a generically log smooth family of relative dimension d and let 
 $\omega _f=f^!\mathcal {O}_S$
 denote the (globally normalised) relative dualising sheaf; then
$\omega _f=f^!\mathcal {O}_S$
 denote the (globally normalised) relative dualising sheaf; then 
 $$ \begin{align*}W^d_{X/S}(-D)= \omega_f.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}W^d_{X/S}(-D)= \omega_f.\end{align*} $$
Proof. On U, this is [Reference Tsuji49, Theorem 2.21, (ii)], and because both sheaves are Z-closed, the statement follows.
Example 2.9. Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a log smooth and saturated morphism of Noetherian fine saturated log schemes. Then f is flat by [Reference Kato32, Corollaire 4.5] and has Cohen–Macaulay fibres by [Reference Tsuji50, Proposition II.4.1]. We see that
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a log smooth and saturated morphism of Noetherian fine saturated log schemes. Then f is flat by [Reference Kato32, Corollaire 4.5] and has Cohen–Macaulay fibres by [Reference Tsuji50, Proposition II.4.1]. We see that 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 gives a generically log smooth family for
$f\colon X \to S$
 gives a generically log smooth family for 
 $U=X$
 and
$U=X$
 and 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 is the ordinary log de Rham complex.
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 is the ordinary log de Rham complex.
Not every log smooth morphism is saturated; for example, see [Reference Kato30, Remark 9.1] for a log smooth morphism that is not even integral.
Example 2.10. Let 
 $X/\operatorname {Spec} R$
 be a toric variety over a Noetherian base ring R. The fibres over points in
$X/\operatorname {Spec} R$
 be a toric variety over a Noetherian base ring R. The fibres over points in 
 $\operatorname {Spec} R$
 are normal (and Cohen–Macaulay), so there is a regular open
$\operatorname {Spec} R$
 are normal (and Cohen–Macaulay), so there is a regular open 
 $U \subset X$
 whose complement has relative codimension
$U \subset X$
 whose complement has relative codimension 
 $\geq 2$
 over
$\geq 2$
 over 
 $\operatorname {Spec} R$
. For every divisorial log structure on X coming from a torus-invariant divisor D on X, the map
$\operatorname {Spec} R$
. For every divisorial log structure on X coming from a torus-invariant divisor D on X, the map 
 $U\to \operatorname {Spec} R$
 is log smooth and saturated when using the trivial log structure on
$U\to \operatorname {Spec} R$
 is log smooth and saturated when using the trivial log structure on 
 $\operatorname {Spec} R$
. Hence,
$\operatorname {Spec} R$
. Hence, 
 $X\to \operatorname {Spec} R$
 is a generically log smooth family. The differentials
$X\to \operatorname {Spec} R$
 is a generically log smooth family. The differentials 
 $W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 coincide with what is called reflexive or Danilov or Zariski–Steenbrink differentials with log poles in D. This example extends to toroidal pairs
$W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 coincide with what is called reflexive or Danilov or Zariski–Steenbrink differentials with log poles in D. This example extends to toroidal pairs 
 $(X,D)$
 over
$(X,D)$
 over 
 $\operatorname {Spec} R$
.
$\operatorname {Spec} R$
.
Example 2.11. The 
 $\mathbb {Z}[t]$
-algebra
$\mathbb {Z}[t]$
-algebra 
 $A=\mathbb {Z}[x,y,t,w]/(xy-tw)$
 defines a map
$A=\mathbb {Z}[x,y,t,w]/(xy-tw)$
 defines a map 
 $f\colon \operatorname {Spec} A\to \mathbb {A}^1$
 that is log smooth and saturated away from the origin when using the divisorial log structure given by
$f\colon \operatorname {Spec} A\to \mathbb {A}^1$
 that is log smooth and saturated away from the origin when using the divisorial log structure given by 
 $t=0$
 on source and target and hence a generically log smooth family. The log structure on
$t=0$
 on source and target and hence a generically log smooth family. The log structure on 
 $\operatorname {Spec} A$
 is not coherent at the origin, so f is not log smooth. Even worse,
$\operatorname {Spec} A$
 is not coherent at the origin, so f is not log smooth. Even worse, 
 $\Omega _f$
 is not a coherent sheaf at the origin; see [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Example 1.11].
$\Omega _f$
 is not a coherent sheaf at the origin; see [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Example 1.11].
Another type of generically log smooth family with application to Gromov–Witten theory can be found in [Reference Barrott and Nabijou4].
2.1. Analytification
 Given a generically log smooth family 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 of finite type over
$f\colon X \to S$
 of finite type over 
 $\mathbb {C}$
, we denote the associated family of complex analytic spaces by
$\mathbb {C}$
, we denote the associated family of complex analytic spaces by 
 $f^{an}\colon X^{an} \to S^{an}$
. Induced by f, the open
$f^{an}\colon X^{an} \to S^{an}$
. Induced by f, the open 
 $U^{an} \subset X^{an}$
 carries an fs log structure so that
$U^{an} \subset X^{an}$
 carries an fs log structure so that 
 $U^{an} \to S^{an}$
 is a log smooth and saturated morphism of fs log analytic spaces. The analogue of Lemma 2.3 holds if
$U^{an} \to S^{an}$
 is a log smooth and saturated morphism of fs log analytic spaces. The analogue of Lemma 2.3 holds if 
 $X^{an},S^{an}$
 are Cohen–Macaulay by [Reference Bănică and Stănăşilă2, Theorem 3.6]. For
$X^{an},S^{an}$
 are Cohen–Macaulay by [Reference Bănică and Stănăşilă2, Theorem 3.6]. For 
 $S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to A)$
 with A an Artinian ring and
$S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to A)$
 with A an Artinian ring and 
 $$ \begin{align*}W^{\bullet,an}_{X/S} := j^{an}_*\Omega^{\bullet}_{U^{an}/S^{an}},\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}W^{\bullet,an}_{X/S} := j^{an}_*\Omega^{\bullet}_{U^{an}/S^{an}},\end{align*} $$
we have 
 $W^{m,an}_{X/S} \cong (W^m_{X/S})^{an}$
 because both are reflexive coherent
$W^{m,an}_{X/S} \cong (W^m_{X/S})^{an}$
 because both are reflexive coherent 
 $\mathcal {O}_{X^{an}}$
-modules that coincide on
$\mathcal {O}_{X^{an}}$
-modules that coincide on 
 $U^{an}$
. If f is proper, then GAGA gives
$U^{an}$
. If f is proper, then GAGA gives 
 $H^q(X^{an},W^{p,an}_{X/S}) \cong H^q(X,W^p_{X/S})$
 and also
$H^q(X^{an},W^{p,an}_{X/S}) \cong H^q(X,W^p_{X/S})$
 and also 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathbb{H}^{p + q}(X^{an},W^{\bullet,an}_{X/S}) \cong \mathbb{H}^{p + q}(X,W^{\bullet}_{X/S});\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathbb{H}^{p + q}(X^{an},W^{\bullet,an}_{X/S}) \cong \mathbb{H}^{p + q}(X,W^{\bullet}_{X/S});\end{align*} $$
for example, via the comparison of the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequences.
3. Elementary Log Toroidal Families
For basic notions and constructions of monoids, see [Reference Ogus39].
Definition 3.1. An elementary (log) toroidal datum 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 (ETD for short) consists of an injection
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 (ETD for short) consists of an injection 
 $Q \hookrightarrow P$
 of sharp toric monoids that turns P into a free Q-set whose canonical basis is a union of faces of P. We furthermore record a set
$Q \hookrightarrow P$
 of sharp toric monoids that turns P into a free Q-set whose canonical basis is a union of faces of P. We furthermore record a set 
 $\mathcal {F}$
 of facets of P with the property that it contains all facets that do not contain Q. In other words, if we define
$\mathcal {F}$
 of facets of P with the property that it contains all facets that do not contain Q. In other words, if we define 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{F}_{\min}:= \underbrace{\{F\subset P\mbox{ a facet}\,|\, Q\not\subset F \}}_{\mbox{vertical facets}},\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{F}_{\min}:= \underbrace{\{F\subset P\mbox{ a facet}\,|\, Q\not\subset F \}}_{\mbox{vertical facets}},\end{align*} $$
then 
 $\mathcal {F}_{\min }\ \subset \ \mathcal {F}\ \subset \ \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 where
$\mathcal {F}_{\min }\ \subset \ \mathcal {F}\ \subset \ \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 where 
 $\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 is the set of all facets.
$\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 is the set of all facets.
Remark 3.2. The facets in 
 $\mathcal {F}\setminus \mathcal {F}_{\min }$
 will give the horizontal divisor that we referred to as D before.
$\mathcal {F}\setminus \mathcal {F}_{\min }$
 will give the horizontal divisor that we referred to as D before.
Lemma 3.3. [Reference Ogus39, Corollary I.4.6.11, Theorem I.4.8.14, Corollary I.1.4.3]
 The requirement on the injection 
 $Q\hookrightarrow P$
 in Definition 3.1 is equivalent to saying that this map is saturated.
$Q\hookrightarrow P$
 in Definition 3.1 is equivalent to saying that this map is saturated.
 See Figure 3.1 for examples. Even the case 
 $Q=0$
 can be interesting because then
$Q=0$
 can be interesting because then 
 $\mathcal {F}_{\min }=\emptyset $
. We denote the union of faces of P that gives the generating set of the free Q-action by E. A face F of P contained in E we call an essential face. Every
$\mathcal {F}_{\min }=\emptyset $
. We denote the union of faces of P that gives the generating set of the free Q-action by E. A face F of P contained in E we call an essential face. Every 
 $p \in P$
 has a unique decomposition
$p \in P$
 has a unique decomposition 
 $p = e + q$
 with
$p = e + q$
 with 
 $e \in E, q \in Q$
; hence,
$e \in E, q \in Q$
; hence, 
 $$ \begin{align} E \times Q \to P, \quad (e, q) \mapsto e + q, \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} E \times Q \to P, \quad (e, q) \mapsto e + q, \end{align} $$
is bijective ([Reference Ogus39, Theorem I.4.8.14]; cf. [Reference Kato31, Lemma 1.1]). Furthermore, we see that 
 $E = P \setminus (Q^+ + P)$
 where
$E = P \setminus (Q^+ + P)$
 where 
 $Q^+ = Q \setminus 0$
 is the maximal ideal. Moreover, projecting E to
$Q^+ = Q \setminus 0$
 is the maximal ideal. Moreover, projecting E to 
 $P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 is injective and the set of essential faces gives a fan in
$P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 is injective and the set of essential faces gives a fan in 
 $P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 whose support
$P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 whose support 
 $\bar P$
 is convex in
$\bar P$
 is convex in 
 $(P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}})\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}}\mathbb {R}$
 because it is the convex hull of the projection of P. Note that
$(P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}})\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}}\mathbb {R}$
 because it is the convex hull of the projection of P. Note that 
 $\bar P^{\operatorname {gp}}=P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
. A choice of splitting
$\bar P^{\operatorname {gp}}=P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
. A choice of splitting 
 $P^{\operatorname {gp}}\cong \bar P^{\operatorname {gp}}\oplus Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 yields a unique map of sets
$P^{\operatorname {gp}}\cong \bar P^{\operatorname {gp}}\oplus Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 yields a unique map of sets 
 $\varphi \colon \bar P\to Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 so that
$\varphi \colon \bar P\to Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 so that 
 $\operatorname {id}\times \varphi \colon \bar P\to \bar P\oplus Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 is a section of the projection
$\operatorname {id}\times \varphi \colon \bar P\to \bar P\oplus Q^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 is a section of the projection 
 $P\to \bar P$
 with the property that its image is E, so
$P\to \bar P$
 with the property that its image is E, so 
 $$ \begin{align} P=\{(\bar p,q)\in \bar P\oplus Q^{\operatorname{gp}}\,|\, \exists \tilde{q}\in Q: q=\varphi(\bar p)+ \tilde{q}\}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} P=\{(\bar p,q)\in \bar P\oplus Q^{\operatorname{gp}}\,|\, \exists \tilde{q}\in Q: q=\varphi(\bar p)+ \tilde{q}\}. \end{align} $$

Figure 3.1 Three examples of a saturated injection 
 $Q\subset P$
 and the projection
$Q\subset P$
 and the projection 
 $\bar P$
; the outer two are log smooth and the middle one gives Example 2.11.
$\bar P$
; the outer two are log smooth and the middle one gives Example 2.11.
Lemma 3.4. The morphism 
 $\underline f\colon \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]\to \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
 induced by the injection
$\underline f\colon \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]\to \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
 induced by the injection 
 $Q \subset P$
 is a Cohen–Macaulay morphism of fibre dimension
$Q \subset P$
 is a Cohen–Macaulay morphism of fibre dimension 
 $d=\operatorname {rk} (P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}})$
.
$d=\operatorname {rk} (P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}})$
.
Proof. Because P is free as a Q-set (generated by E), 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]$
 is a flat
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]$
 is a flat 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
-module. By [Reference Grothendieck24, Corollary 6.3.5] the total space of a faithfully flat morphism of Noetherian schemes is Cohen–Macaulay if and only if the base and all fibres are. By Hoechster’s theorem, the fibres of
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
-module. By [Reference Grothendieck24, Corollary 6.3.5] the total space of a faithfully flat morphism of Noetherian schemes is Cohen–Macaulay if and only if the base and all fibres are. By Hoechster’s theorem, the fibres of 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]\to \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}$
 are Cohen–Macaulay; hence,
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]\to \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}$
 are Cohen–Macaulay; hence, 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]$
 and
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]$
 and 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
 are Cohen–Macaulay. Now flatness of
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
 are Cohen–Macaulay. Now flatness of 
 $\underline f$
 implies that it is Cohen–Macaulay.
$\underline f$
 implies that it is Cohen–Macaulay.
 We next want to define an open set U in the domain of 
 $\underline f$
 that satisfies (CC). We will actually define its complement and for this we need a good understanding of the faces of P.
$\underline f$
 that satisfies (CC). We will actually define its complement and for this we need a good understanding of the faces of P.
Lemma 3.5. Let 
 $F\subset P$
 be a face. Set
$F\subset P$
 be a face. Set 
 $\bar F:=F\cap E$
,
$\bar F:=F\cap E$
, 
 $Q':=Q\cap F$
; then
$Q':=Q\cap F$
; then 
 $$ \begin{align*}F=\bar F+Q' :=\{\bar f+q'|\bar f\in \bar{F},q'\in Q'\}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}F=\bar F+Q' :=\{\bar f+q'|\bar f\in \bar{F},q'\in Q'\}.\end{align*} $$
Because E is a union of faces of P, so is 
 $\bar F$
. Note also that
$\bar F$
. Note also that 
 $Q'$
 is a face of Q.
$Q'$
 is a face of Q.
Proof. By the decomposition (3.1), any element in F has the form 
 $\bar f+q$
 with
$\bar f+q$
 with 
 $\bar f \in E, q\in Q$
. Because F is a face,
$\bar f \in E, q\in Q$
. Because F is a face, 
 $\bar f,q$
 are both in F; hence,
$\bar f,q$
 are both in F; hence, 
 $F\subset \bar F+Q'$
. The reverse inclusion is clear.
$F\subset \bar F+Q'$
. The reverse inclusion is clear.
Consider the set of bad faces of P defined as
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{B}=\left\{ \bar F+Q' \,\left|\, {\bar F\mbox{ is a union of essential faces of rank at most }d-2}\atop{Q'\mbox{ is a face of }Q,\, \bar F+Q'\mbox{ is a face of }P}\right.\right\}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{B}=\left\{ \bar F+Q' \,\left|\, {\bar F\mbox{ is a union of essential faces of rank at most }d-2}\atop{Q'\mbox{ is a face of }Q,\, \bar F+Q'\mbox{ is a face of }P}\right.\right\}.\end{align*} $$
 Recall that there is a one-to-one correspondence between faces F of P and torus orbits closures 
 $V_F:=\operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[F]$
 in
$V_F:=\operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[F]$
 in 
 $\operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[P]$
. Similarly, for
$\operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[P]$
. Similarly, for 
 $Q'$
 a face of Q, we have a torus orbit closure
$Q'$
 a face of Q, we have a torus orbit closure 
 $V_{Q'}:=\operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[Q']\subset \operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[Q]$
.
$V_{Q'}:=\operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[Q']\subset \operatorname {Spec} \mathbb {Z}[Q]$
.
Lemma 3.6. Given 
 $\bar F+Q'\in \mathcal {B}$
, we find that
$\bar F+Q'\in \mathcal {B}$
, we find that 
 $V_{\bar F+Q'}$
 is flat over
$V_{\bar F+Q'}$
 is flat over 
 $V_{Q'}\subset \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
. Furthermore, if X is a fibre of
$V_{Q'}\subset \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
. Furthermore, if X is a fibre of 
 $\underline f$
, then
$\underline f$
, then 
 $\mathrm {codim}(X\cap V_{\bar F+Q'}, X)\ge 2$
.
$\mathrm {codim}(X\cap V_{\bar F+Q'}, X)\ge 2$
.
Proof. Because 
 $\bar F+Q'$
 is free as a
$\bar F+Q'$
 is free as a 
 $Q'$
-set,
$Q'$
-set, 
 $\mathbb {Z}[\bar F+Q']$
 is a free
$\mathbb {Z}[\bar F+Q']$
 is a free 
 $\mathbb {Z}[Q']$
-module, so the flatness statement follows. The origin
$\mathbb {Z}[Q']$
-module, so the flatness statement follows. The origin 
 $0$
 given by the prime ideal
$0$
 given by the prime ideal 
 $(z^q|q\in Q^+)$
 is contained in
$(z^q|q\in Q^+)$
 is contained in 
 $V_{Q'}$
 and let
$V_{Q'}$
 and let 
 $X_0$
 be the fibre over it. It suffices to check the codimension condition for this particular fibre. But note that
$X_0$
 be the fibre over it. It suffices to check the codimension condition for this particular fibre. But note that 
 $X_0\cap V_{\bar F+Q'}= \bigcup _{F\subset \bar F}V_F$
 where the union runs over faces F of P contained in
$X_0\cap V_{\bar F+Q'}= \bigcup _{F\subset \bar F}V_F$
 where the union runs over faces F of P contained in 
 $\bar F$
 and we have
$\bar F$
 and we have 
 $\dim V_F\le d-2$
 by the assumption on
$\dim V_F\le d-2$
 by the assumption on 
 $\bar F$
.
$\bar F$
.
Set
 $$ \begin{align} U_P := \operatorname{Spec}\mathbb{Z}[P]\setminus \left(\bigcup_{B\in\mathcal{B}} V_B\right). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} U_P := \operatorname{Spec}\mathbb{Z}[P]\setminus \left(\bigcup_{B\in\mathcal{B}} V_B\right). \end{align} $$
For every face F of P, we have an open subset 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P_F]$
 of
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P_F]$
 of 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]$
 where
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[P]$
 where 
 $P_F$
 is the localisation of P in F; that is,
$P_F$
 is the localisation of P in F; that is, 
 $P_F$
 is the submonoid of
$P_F$
 is the submonoid of 
 $P^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 generated by P and
$P^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 generated by P and 
 $-F$
.
$-F$
.
Lemma 3.7. We find 
 $U_P =\bigcup _{F} U_F$
 where the union is over the essential faces F of rank
$U_P =\bigcup _{F} U_F$
 where the union is over the essential faces F of rank 
 $d-1$
.
$d-1$
.
Proof. Because 
 $U_P$
 is a union of torus orbits, it suffices to check that any torus orbit contained in
$U_P$
 is a union of torus orbits, it suffices to check that any torus orbit contained in 
 $U_P$
 is contained in some
$U_P$
 is contained in some 
 $U_F$
 for F essential of rank
$U_F$
 for F essential of rank 
 $d-1$
. Every torus orbit is given by
$d-1$
. Every torus orbit is given by 
 $O_G:=\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[G^{\operatorname {gp}}]$
 for G a face of P. Assume
$O_G:=\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[G^{\operatorname {gp}}]$
 for G a face of P. Assume 
 $O_G\subset U$
. We use Lemma 3.5 to write
$O_G\subset U$
. We use Lemma 3.5 to write 
 $G=\bar G+Q'$
. If
$G=\bar G+Q'$
. If 
 $\operatorname {rk}\bar G\le d-2$
, then
$\operatorname {rk}\bar G\le d-2$
, then 
 $G\in \mathcal {B}$
, so
$G\in \mathcal {B}$
, so 
 $O_G\not \subset U$
. Hence,
$O_G\not \subset U$
. Hence, 
 $\dim \bar G\ge d-1$
 and
$\dim \bar G\ge d-1$
 and 
 $\bar G$
 contains some essential face F of rank
$\bar G$
 contains some essential face F of rank 
 $d-1$
. Then F is also contained in G and thus
$d-1$
. Then F is also contained in G and thus 
 $O_G$
 is contained in
$O_G$
 is contained in 
 $U_F$
. Conversely, because
$U_F$
. Conversely, because 
 $O_F$
 is not in any
$O_F$
 is not in any 
 $V_B$
, the assertion follows.
$V_B$
, the assertion follows.
 Let 
 $A_Q:=\operatorname {Spec}(Q\to \mathbb {Z}[Q])$
 denote the log scheme with standard toric log structure and let
$A_Q:=\operatorname {Spec}(Q\to \mathbb {Z}[Q])$
 denote the log scheme with standard toric log structure and let 
 $A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 be the log scheme with underlying scheme
$A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 be the log scheme with underlying scheme 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
 and divisorial log structure given by the divisor
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[Q]$
 and divisorial log structure given by the divisor 
 $\bigcup _{F\in \mathcal {F}} \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[F]$
. The map
$\bigcup _{F\in \mathcal {F}} \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[F]$
. The map 
 $f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q$
 induced by
$f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q$
 induced by 
 $\theta $
 is naturally a log morphism by the condition on
$\theta $
 is naturally a log morphism by the condition on 
 $\mathcal {F}$
 to contain the vertical faces. We work here with Zariski log structures that coincide with the pushforward of the corresponding étale log structures by [Reference Ogus39, Proposition III.1.6.5].
$\mathcal {F}$
 to contain the vertical faces. We work here with Zariski log structures that coincide with the pushforward of the corresponding étale log structures by [Reference Ogus39, Proposition III.1.6.5].
Lemma 3.8 Theorem 3.5 in [Reference Kato32] or Theorem 4.1 in [Reference Kato30]
 If 
 $\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
, then f is log smooth.
$\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
, then f is log smooth.
Proposition 3.9. The map 
 $f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q$
 is a generically log smooth family with
$f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q$
 is a generically log smooth family with 
 $U_P$
 serving as the specified dense open of log smoothness.
$U_P$
 serving as the specified dense open of log smoothness.
Proof. If 
 $\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
, then f is saturated because
$\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
, then f is saturated because 
 $\theta $
 is saturated. More generally, because
$\theta $
 is saturated. More generally, because 
 $A_{P,\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}}\to A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 is locally given by embedding a face, it is exact. Now by [Reference Ogus39, I.4.8.5(2)], f is saturated.
$A_{P,\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}}\to A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 is locally given by embedding a face, it is exact. Now by [Reference Ogus39, I.4.8.5(2)], f is saturated.
 The assertion is clear if 
 $d=0 \iff P=Q$
, so assume
$d=0 \iff P=Q$
, so assume 
 $d>0$
. Given Lemma 3.4, we still need to verify that U satisfies (CC) and that f is log smooth on
$d>0$
. Given Lemma 3.4, we still need to verify that U satisfies (CC) and that f is log smooth on 
 $U_P$
. Note that Lemma 3.6 implies that
$U_P$
. Note that Lemma 3.6 implies that 
 $U_P$
 satisfies (CC) because the complement of
$U_P$
 satisfies (CC) because the complement of 
 $U_P$
 is the union of closed sets each of which has codimension at least 2 in each fibre.
$U_P$
 is the union of closed sets each of which has codimension at least 2 in each fibre.
 To see that f is log smooth on 
 $U_P$
, by Lemma 3.7, it suffices to check that f is log smooth on
$U_P$
, by Lemma 3.7, it suffices to check that f is log smooth on 
 $U_F$
 for F essential of rank
$U_F$
 for F essential of rank 
 $d-1$
. Let F be such a face. Set
$d-1$
. Let F be such a face. Set 
 $\bar P_F:=P_F/F^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 and note that the projection of Q to
$\bar P_F:=P_F/F^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 and note that the projection of Q to 
 $\bar P_F$
 is injective because
$\bar P_F$
 is injective because 
 $F^{\operatorname {gp}}\cap Q=\{0\}$
. There is an isomorphism
$F^{\operatorname {gp}}\cap Q=\{0\}$
. There is an isomorphism 
 $P_F\cong F^{\operatorname {gp}}\times \bar P_F$
 commuting with the injection of Q that is
$P_F\cong F^{\operatorname {gp}}\times \bar P_F$
 commuting with the injection of Q that is 
 $\{0\}\times Q$
 on the right.
$\{0\}\times Q$
 on the right.
 The log structure on 
 $U_F$
 is a divisorial log structure given by a set of divisors each of which pulls back from
$U_F$
 is a divisorial log structure given by a set of divisors each of which pulls back from 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[\bar P_F]$
, so we may consider the corresponding divisorial log structure on
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[\bar P_F]$
, so we may consider the corresponding divisorial log structure on 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[\bar P_F]$
 to upgrade this to a log scheme
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}[\bar P_F]$
 to upgrade this to a log scheme 
 $\bar U_F$
. We have a factorisation
$\bar U_F$
. We have a factorisation 
 $U_F\to \bar U_F\to A_Q$
 with the first map a smooth projection from a product that is therefore strict and hence log smooth. It thus suffices to show that
$U_F\to \bar U_F\to A_Q$
 with the first map a smooth projection from a product that is therefore strict and hence log smooth. It thus suffices to show that 
 $\bar U_F\to A_Q$
 is log smooth. Note that
$\bar U_F\to A_Q$
 is log smooth. Note that 
 $\bar U_F\to A_Q$
 is the log morphism of an ETD with
$\bar U_F\to A_Q$
 is the log morphism of an ETD with 
 $d=1$
. The following lemma finishes the proof.
$d=1$
. The following lemma finishes the proof.
Lemma 3.10. Assume that 
 $f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q$
 has 1-dimensional fibres (i.e.,
$f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q$
 has 1-dimensional fibres (i.e., 
 $d=1$
); then f is log smooth. (The third situation of Figure 3.1 is an example.)
$d=1$
); then f is log smooth. (The third situation of Figure 3.1 is an example.)
Proof. We are done by Lemma 3.8 if 
 $\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
, and this always holds if Q meets the interior of P. So assume that Q is contained in a proper face of P; then by Lemma 3.5 it is in fact a facet of P and then
$\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
, and this always holds if Q meets the interior of P. So assume that Q is contained in a proper face of P; then by Lemma 3.5 it is in fact a facet of P and then 
 $\bar P=\mathbb {N}$
 and consequently
$\bar P=\mathbb {N}$
 and consequently 
 $P=\mathbb {N}\times Q$
. A facet of P that is not Q is in
$P=\mathbb {N}\times Q$
. A facet of P that is not Q is in 
 $\mathcal {F}_{\min }= \{\mathbb {N}\times F\,|\, F\mbox {is a facet of Q}\}$
. Hence,
$\mathcal {F}_{\min }= \{\mathbb {N}\times F\,|\, F\mbox {is a facet of Q}\}$
. Hence, 
 $\mathcal {F}\subsetneq \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 implies
$\mathcal {F}\subsetneq \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 implies 
 $\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{\min }$
 and thus f is strict. Because
$\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{\min }$
 and thus f is strict. Because 
 $\underline f$
 is smooth, we find that f is log smooth.
$\underline f$
 is smooth, we find that f is log smooth.
Corollary 3.11. It is possible to find open subsets 
 $U_1$
 and
$U_1$
 and 
 $U_2$
 so that
$U_2$
 so that 
 $U_P = U_1 \cup U_2$
 and
$U_P = U_1 \cup U_2$
 and 
 $A_P|_{U_1} = A_{P,\mathcal {F}}|_{U_1}$
 and
$A_P|_{U_1} = A_{P,\mathcal {F}}|_{U_1}$
 and 
 $f\colon U_2 \subset A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_Q$
 is strict and smooth.
$f\colon U_2 \subset A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_Q$
 is strict and smooth.
Proof. Let 
 $\mathcal {E}_1$
 be the set of essential faces of rank
$\mathcal {E}_1$
 be the set of essential faces of rank 
 $d - 1$
 such that when applying the proof of Lemma 3.10 to
$d - 1$
 such that when applying the proof of Lemma 3.10 to 
 $\bar U_F \to A_Q$
 from the proof of the proposition, we are in the case
$\bar U_F \to A_Q$
 from the proof of the proposition, we are in the case 
 $\mathcal {F} = \mathcal {F}_{max}$
, and let
$\mathcal {F} = \mathcal {F}_{max}$
, and let 
 $\mathcal {E}_2$
 be the set of faces where we are in case
$\mathcal {E}_2$
 be the set of faces where we are in case 
 $\mathcal {F} = \mathcal {F}_{min}$
. Then for
$\mathcal {F} = \mathcal {F}_{min}$
. Then for 
 $F \in \mathcal {E}_1$
 we have
$F \in \mathcal {E}_1$
 we have 
 $A_P|_{U_F} = A_{P,\mathcal {F}}|_{U_F}$
, and for
$A_P|_{U_F} = A_{P,\mathcal {F}}|_{U_F}$
, and for 
 $F \in \mathcal {E}_2$
 the morphism
$F \in \mathcal {E}_2$
 the morphism 
 $U_F \to A_Q$
 is strict and smooth. Now we define
$U_F \to A_Q$
 is strict and smooth. Now we define 
 $U_1 = \bigcup _{F \in \mathcal {E}_1} U_F$
 and
$U_1 = \bigcup _{F \in \mathcal {E}_1} U_F$
 and 
 $U_2 = \bigcup _{F \in \mathcal {E}_2} U_F$
.
$U_2 = \bigcup _{F \in \mathcal {E}_2} U_F$
.
Example 3.12. If 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 is an ETD and
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 is an ETD and 
 $r\ge 0$
, then we obtain another ETD
$r\ge 0$
, then we obtain another ETD 
 $(Q\times \{0\}\subset P\times \mathbb {N}^r,\mathcal {F}')$
 where
$(Q\times \{0\}\subset P\times \mathbb {N}^r,\mathcal {F}')$
 where 
 $\mathcal {F}'=\{F\times \mathbb {N}^r\,|\,F\in \mathcal {F}\}$
.
$\mathcal {F}'=\{F\times \mathbb {N}^r\,|\,F\in \mathcal {F}\}$
.
4. Log Toroidal Families
We define log toroidal families and investigate their basic properties.
Definition 4.1. We say that a generically log smooth family 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 is log toroidal if for every geometric point
$f\colon X \to S$
 is log toroidal if for every geometric point 
 $\bar x \to X$
, we have a commutative diagram
$\bar x \to X$
, we have a commutative diagram

where 
 $g\colon V \to X$
 is an étale neighbourhood of
$g\colon V \to X$
 is an étale neighbourhood of 
 $\bar x$
,
$\bar x$
, 
 $\tilde S \to S$
 is a strict étale neighbourhood of
$\tilde S \to S$
 is a strict étale neighbourhood of 
 $f(\bar x)$
 and a is given by a chart
$f(\bar x)$
 and a is given by a chart 
 $Q\to \mathcal {M}_{\tilde S}$
 of
$Q\to \mathcal {M}_{\tilde S}$
 of 
 $\tilde S$
. The bottom right diagonal map is required to be given by an ETD
$\tilde S$
. The bottom right diagonal map is required to be given by an ETD 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 and
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 and 
 $U_{P}\subset A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 denotes the open set from (3.3). The solid arrows are morphisms of schemes and log morphisms on the specified opens, whereas
$U_{P}\subset A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 denotes the open set from (3.3). The solid arrows are morphisms of schemes and log morphisms on the specified opens, whereas 
 $h\colon V \to L$
 is an étale morphism only of underlying schemes. The bottom right diamond is Cartesian, in particular,
$h\colon V \to L$
 is an étale morphism only of underlying schemes. The bottom right diamond is Cartesian, in particular, 
 $U_L=c^{-1}(U_{P})$
. Moreover, we have an open
$U_L=c^{-1}(U_{P})$
. Moreover, we have an open 
 $\tilde U \subset V$
 satisfying (CC), such that
$\tilde U \subset V$
 satisfying (CC), such that 
 $\tilde U \subset g^{-1}(U) \cap h^{-1}(U_L)$
 and there is an isomorphism
$\tilde U \subset g^{-1}(U) \cap h^{-1}(U_L)$
 and there is an isomorphism 
 $g^*\mathcal {M}_X \cong h^*\mathcal {M}_L$
 of the two log structures on
$g^*\mathcal {M}_X \cong h^*\mathcal {M}_L$
 of the two log structures on 
 $\tilde U$
 compatible with the maps to S.
$\tilde U$
 compatible with the maps to S.
 The diagram (LM) is called a local model for 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 at
$f\colon X \to S$
 at 
 $\bar x$
. If
$\bar x$
. If 
 $S \cong \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B)$
, every point has a local model with
$S \cong \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B)$
, every point has a local model with 
 $\tilde S=S$
 and a is given by the chart
$\tilde S=S$
 and a is given by the chart 
 $Q \to B$
, then we say that
$Q \to B$
, then we say that 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 is log toroidal with respect to
$f\colon X \to S$
 is log toroidal with respect to 
 $a\colon S \to A_Q$
.
$a\colon S \to A_Q$
.
Log toroidal families are stable under strict base change.
Remark 4.2. Note that Definition 4.1 only requires a covering of X by (LM) but does not say that an arbitrary geometric point 
 $\bar x\in X$
 permits a diagram (LM) that identifies
$\bar x\in X$
 permits a diagram (LM) that identifies 
 $\bar x$
 with the origin in
$\bar x$
 with the origin in 
 $A_P$
. However, if
$A_P$
. However, if 
 $\Bbbk $
 is algebraically closed, one can show that by localising the ETD in (LM) and using Example 3.12, one can assume that
$\Bbbk $
 is algebraically closed, one can show that by localising the ETD in (LM) and using Example 3.12, one can assume that 
 $\bar x\in X$
 becomes the origin in
$\bar x\in X$
 becomes the origin in 
 $A_P$
. We will make use of this fact in the proof of Theorem 1.10.
$A_P$
. We will make use of this fact in the proof of Theorem 1.10.
Example 4.3. Every elementary log toroidal family 
 $f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_Q$
 is log toroidal.
$f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_Q$
 is log toroidal.
Example 4.4. The generically log smooth families given in Example 2.10 are log toroidal families with 
 $Q=0$
 in every ETD.
$Q=0$
 in every ETD.
Example 4.5. A saturated log smooth morphism 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 is log toroidal with
$f\colon X \to S$
 is log toroidal with 
 $U = X$
. Indeed, locally starting from a neat chart of f, set
$U = X$
. Indeed, locally starting from a neat chart of f, set 
 $\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 and then apply Example 3.12 to have local models. That this works is not a trivial consequence of Theorem 3.5 in [Reference Kato32]. Instead, use [Reference Ogus39, Theorem VI.3.3.3].
$\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}$
 and then apply Example 3.12 to have local models. That this works is not a trivial consequence of Theorem 3.5 in [Reference Kato32]. Instead, use [Reference Ogus39, Theorem VI.3.3.3].
Example 4.6. In the setting and notation of the Gross–Siebert program, [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 2.6] shows that if 
 $(B,\mathcal {P})$
 is positive and simple, and s is lifted open gluing data, then
$(B,\mathcal {P})$
 is positive and simple, and s is lifted open gluing data, then 
 $X_0^\dagger (B,\mathcal {P},s) \to \operatorname {Spec}( \mathbb {N}\to k)$
 is log toroidal. More generally, it was shown in [Reference Ruddat41, Proposition 2.8] that c.i.t. log Calabi–Yau spaces are log toroidal over
$X_0^\dagger (B,\mathcal {P},s) \to \operatorname {Spec}( \mathbb {N}\to k)$
 is log toroidal. More generally, it was shown in [Reference Ruddat41, Proposition 2.8] that c.i.t. log Calabi–Yau spaces are log toroidal over 
 $\operatorname {Spec} (\mathbb {N}\to k)$
. The divisorial deformations defined in [Reference Gross and Siebert20] are also log toroidal families.
$\operatorname {Spec} (\mathbb {N}\to k)$
. The divisorial deformations defined in [Reference Gross and Siebert20] are also log toroidal families.
5. Log Structures and Infinitesimal Deformations
 Let X be a toroidal crossing space over a field 
 $\Bbbk $
. As mentioned in the Introduction, X can be equipped with a sheaf of sets
$\Bbbk $
. As mentioned in the Introduction, X can be equipped with a sheaf of sets 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
, which we recall next. An alternative categorical approach to study log smooth morphisms for a fixed underlying morphism has been developed in [Reference Olsson40], though we follow the sheaf approach. Let
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
, which we recall next. An alternative categorical approach to study log smooth morphisms for a fixed underlying morphism has been developed in [Reference Olsson40], though we follow the sheaf approach. Let 
 $S=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N}\stackrel {1\mapsto 0}\to \Bbbk )$
 be the standard log point. The pair
$S=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N}\stackrel {1\mapsto 0}\to \Bbbk )$
 be the standard log point. The pair 
 
 gives a ghost structure in the sense of [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.16]. Indeed, the type of the ghost structure is fixed by requiring it to be the one given by the local chart that comes with the definition of a toroidal crossing space. We will refer to this type as the given type below. By [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.19 and Proposition 3.20], there is a sheaf 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X}$
 (denoted
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X}$
 (denoted 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X^g}$
 in [Reference Gross and Siebert19]) with the property that for every étale open
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X^g}$
 in [Reference Gross and Siebert19]) with the property that for every étale open 
 $U\subset X$
, there is a natural bijection
$U\subset X$
, there is a natural bijection 

where the set on the right is to be taken modulo isomorphisms. The support of
 
 agrees with 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, so the sheaf
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, so the sheaf 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X}$
 is supported on
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X}$
 is supported on 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
.
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
.
 Set 
 $S_\varepsilon :=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N}\stackrel {1\mapsto \varepsilon }\to \Bbbk [\varepsilon ]/(\varepsilon ^2))$
. If
$S_\varepsilon :=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N}\stackrel {1\mapsto \varepsilon }\to \Bbbk [\varepsilon ]/(\varepsilon ^2))$
. If 
 $V\to S$
 is a log smooth morphism with V affine, then there is a unique log smooth lifting
$V\to S$
 is a log smooth morphism with V affine, then there is a unique log smooth lifting 
 $V_\varepsilon \to S_\varepsilon $
 up to isomorphism. For
$V_\varepsilon \to S_\varepsilon $
 up to isomorphism. For 
 and an affine
 and an affine 
 $V \subset U$
, the deformation
$V \subset U$
, the deformation 
 $i\colon V\to V_{\varepsilon }$
 yields an extension
$i\colon V\to V_{\varepsilon }$
 yields an extension 
 $$ \begin{align} 0 \to \mathcal{O}_V \to i^*\Omega^1_{\underline {V_\varepsilon}} \to \Omega^1_{\underline V} \to 0 \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} 0 \to \mathcal{O}_V \to i^*\Omega^1_{\underline {V_\varepsilon}} \to \Omega^1_{\underline V} \to 0 \end{align} $$
where on the left 
 $1 \mapsto i^*d\varepsilon $
. The classes of such local extensions glue to a well-defined class in
$1 \mapsto i^*d\varepsilon $
. The classes of such local extensions glue to a well-defined class in 
 $\mathcal {E} xt^1(\Omega ^1_U,\mathcal {O}_U)$
 (though neither the extensions nor the deformations need to glue). We have thus defined a map of sheaves of sets
$\mathcal {E} xt^1(\Omega ^1_U,\mathcal {O}_U)$
 (though neither the extensions nor the deformations need to glue). We have thus defined a map of sheaves of sets 
 $$ \begin{align} \eta\colon \mathcal{L}\mathcal{S}_X \to \mathcal{E} xt^1(\Omega^1_X, \mathcal{O}_X)=\mathcal{T}\,^1_X. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \eta\colon \mathcal{L}\mathcal{S}_X \to \mathcal{E} xt^1(\Omega^1_X, \mathcal{O}_X)=\mathcal{T}\,^1_X. \end{align} $$
Remark 5.1. In this form, the map 
 $\eta $
 seems to be new. However, a close relationship between log structures and
$\eta $
 seems to be new. However, a close relationship between log structures and 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 has been observed before in [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34, Proposition 1.1], [Reference Steenbrink46, Remark (3.11)], [Reference Kato30, Theorem 11.7], [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Example 3.30], [Reference Olsson40, Theorem 3.18], [Reference Schröer and Siebert44, Theorem 7.5].
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 has been observed before in [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34, Proposition 1.1], [Reference Steenbrink46, Remark (3.11)], [Reference Kato30, Theorem 11.7], [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Example 3.30], [Reference Olsson40, Theorem 3.18], [Reference Schröer and Siebert44, Theorem 7.5].
 Both sheaves in (5.2) have a natural action of 
 $\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
: indeed,
$\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
: indeed, 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 because it is coherent and for
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 because it is coherent and for 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
 we let a section
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
 we let a section 
 $\lambda $
 of
$\lambda $
 of 
 $\mathcal {O}^{\times }_X$
 act by
$\mathcal {O}^{\times }_X$
 act by 
 .
.
Proposition 5.2. The map 
 $\eta $
 is
$\eta $
 is 
 $\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
-equivariant.
$\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
-equivariant.
Proof. At a geometric point 
 $\bar x\in X$
 with
$\bar x\in X$
 with 
 
 for 
 $\mathcal {M}$
 defined on some étale
$\mathcal {M}$
 defined on some étale 
 $U\to X$
 that contains
$U\to X$
 that contains 
 $\bar x$
, let
$\bar x$
, let 
 $\mu _M\colon \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_{X,\bar x}$
 denote the connecting homomorphism at
$\mu _M\colon \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_{X,\bar x}$
 denote the connecting homomorphism at 
 $\bar x$
 in the long exact sequence obtained from applying
$\bar x$
 in the long exact sequence obtained from applying 
 $\mathcal {H} om(-,\mathcal {O}_X)$
 to (5.1). By a general fact for extensions, we have
$\mathcal {H} om(-,\mathcal {O}_X)$
 to (5.1). By a general fact for extensions, we have 
 $\mu _M(1)=\eta (M)$
. For
$\mu _M(1)=\eta (M)$
. For 
 $\lambda \in \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}^{\times }$
, let
$\lambda \in \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}^{\times }$
, let 
 $M_{\lambda }\in \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
 denote the element
$M_{\lambda }\in \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
 denote the element 
 
. The statement of the lemma comes down to the following claim.

Claim 1. 
 $\mu _M(\lambda )=\eta (M_\lambda )$
.
$\mu _M(\lambda )=\eta (M_\lambda )$
.
 To prove the claim, let 
 $U_1,U_\lambda $
 denote the log smooth schemes over S respectively obtained from the log scheme U and the map to S given by
$U_1,U_\lambda $
 denote the log smooth schemes over S respectively obtained from the log scheme U and the map to S given by 
 and
 and 
 respectively. Let
 respectively. Let 
 $(U_1)_\varepsilon $
 and
$(U_1)_\varepsilon $
 and 
 $(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon $
 be the unique deformations of
$(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon $
 be the unique deformations of 
 $U_1,U_\lambda $
 over
$U_1,U_\lambda $
 over 
 $S_\varepsilon $
, respectively. Let
$S_\varepsilon $
, respectively. Let 
 $\chi \colon U_\lambda \to U_1$
 be the canonical isomorphism over
$\chi \colon U_\lambda \to U_1$
 be the canonical isomorphism over 
 $\underline S=\operatorname {Spec}\big (0\to \Bbbk )$
.
$\underline S=\operatorname {Spec}\big (0\to \Bbbk )$
.
 We are now going to use facts about idealised log schemes; see [Reference Ogus39, Chapter III.1.3 & IV-Variant 3.1.21] for an introduction. We give 
 $S_\varepsilon $
 the ideal
$S_\varepsilon $
 the ideal 
 $\langle 2\rangle $
 generated by
$\langle 2\rangle $
 generated by 
 $2\in \mathbb {N}$
 and
$2\in \mathbb {N}$
 and 
 $(U_1)_\varepsilon $
 and
$(U_1)_\varepsilon $
 and 
 $(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon $
 the pullback ideals
$(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon $
 the pullback ideals 
 $K_1,K_\lambda $
 respectively so that
$K_1,K_\lambda $
 respectively so that 
 $((U_1)_\varepsilon ,K_1)$
 and
$((U_1)_\varepsilon ,K_1)$
 and 
 $((U_\lambda )_\varepsilon ,K_\lambda )$
 are ideally log smooth over
$((U_\lambda )_\varepsilon ,K_\lambda )$
 are ideally log smooth over 
 $(S_\varepsilon ,\langle 2\rangle )$
. The map
$(S_\varepsilon ,\langle 2\rangle )$
. The map 
 $(S_\varepsilon ,\langle 2\rangle )\to (A_{\mathbb {N}},\emptyset )$
 is an étale map of idealised log schemes and
$(S_\varepsilon ,\langle 2\rangle )\to (A_{\mathbb {N}},\emptyset )$
 is an étale map of idealised log schemes and 
 $A_{\mathbb {N}}\to \underline S$
 is log smooth; hence, the composition
$A_{\mathbb {N}}\to \underline S$
 is log smooth; hence, the composition 
 $\pi \colon ((U_1)_\varepsilon ,K_1)\to (S_\varepsilon ,\langle 2\rangle )\to \underline S$
 is log smooth. We apply the infinitesimal lifting property to the diagram
$\pi \colon ((U_1)_\varepsilon ,K_1)\to (S_\varepsilon ,\langle 2\rangle )\to \underline S$
 is log smooth. We apply the infinitesimal lifting property to the diagram

where 
 $(U,K)$
 is the idealised log scheme
$(U,K)$
 is the idealised log scheme 
 $U=U_1\stackrel {\chi }{=}U_\lambda $
 with ideal given by
$U=U_1\stackrel {\chi }{=}U_\lambda $
 with ideal given by 
 
or, equivalently,
 
. The left vertical map 
 $i_\lambda $
 is strict for the log structure and ideal and given by a square-zero ideal. We obtain a morphism
$i_\lambda $
 is strict for the log structure and ideal and given by a square-zero ideal. We obtain a morphism 
 $\tilde \chi \colon (U_\lambda )_\varepsilon \to (U_1)_\varepsilon $
 of log schemes that preserves the ideals and is an isomorphism on ghost sheaves. Consequently, with
$\tilde \chi \colon (U_\lambda )_\varepsilon \to (U_1)_\varepsilon $
 of log schemes that preserves the ideals and is an isomorphism on ghost sheaves. Consequently, with 
 $\rho _\lambda \in \mathcal {M}_{(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon ,\bar x}$
 and
$\rho _\lambda \in \mathcal {M}_{(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon ,\bar x}$
 and 
 $\rho _1\in \mathcal {M}_{(U_1)_\varepsilon ,\bar x}$
, the images of the generator
$\rho _1\in \mathcal {M}_{(U_1)_\varepsilon ,\bar x}$
, the images of the generator 
 $1\in \mathcal {M}_{S_\varepsilon }$
 respectively, we have
$1\in \mathcal {M}_{S_\varepsilon }$
 respectively, we have 
 $\tilde \chi ^*\rho _1=\tilde \lambda \cdot \rho _\lambda $
 for some
$\tilde \chi ^*\rho _1=\tilde \lambda \cdot \rho _\lambda $
 for some 
 $\tilde \lambda \in \mathcal {O}_{(U_\lambda )^\times _\varepsilon ,\bar x}$
 that restricts to
$\tilde \lambda \in \mathcal {O}_{(U_\lambda )^\times _\varepsilon ,\bar x}$
 that restricts to 
 $\lambda \in \mathcal {O}^\times _{U,\bar x}$
. This implies that
$\lambda \in \mathcal {O}^\times _{U,\bar x}$
. This implies that 
 $\tilde \chi $
 becomes an isomorphism after shrinking
$\tilde \chi $
 becomes an isomorphism after shrinking 
 $(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon $
,
$(U_\lambda )_\varepsilon $
, 
 $(U_1)_\varepsilon $
 if needed. Using
$(U_1)_\varepsilon $
 if needed. Using 
 $i_1 \circ \chi = \tilde \chi \circ i_\lambda $
, we obtain the commutative diagram
$i_1 \circ \chi = \tilde \chi \circ i_\lambda $
, we obtain the commutative diagram

and we conclude 
 $\eta (M_\lambda ) = \mu _M(\lambda )$
 via standard homological algebra.
$\eta (M_\lambda ) = \mu _M(\lambda )$
 via standard homological algebra.
Lemma 5.3. Let 
 $\bar x\in X$
 be a geometric point with
$\bar x\in X$
 be a geometric point with 
 $\Bbbk [\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}]$
 smooth; then
$\Bbbk [\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}]$
 smooth; then 
- 
1. for  $M\in \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
, the map $M\in \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
, the map $\mu _{M,\bar x}\colon \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}\to \mathcal{T}\,_{X,\bar x}$
 is surjective, $\mu _{M,\bar x}\colon \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}\to \mathcal{T}\,_{X,\bar x}$
 is surjective,
- 
2.  $\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}$
 acts transitively on $\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}$
 acts transitively on $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
, $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
,
- 
3.  $\eta _{\bar x}\colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x} \to \mathcal{T}\,_{X,\bar x}$
 is injective. $\eta _{\bar x}\colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x} \to \mathcal{T}\,_{X,\bar x}$
 is injective.
Proof. Set 
 $P:=\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}$
. For (1), let
$P:=\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}$
. For (1), let 
 $U\to X$
 be an étale affine neighbourhood of
$U\to X$
 be an étale affine neighbourhood of 
 $\bar x$
 where
$\bar x$
 where 
 
is defined and
 
the strict S-morphism whose underlying map is smooth. Possibly after shrinking U, via
 
, we obtain a strict map of extensions over 
 $S_\varepsilon $
,
$S_\varepsilon $
, 

whose underlying morphism is also smooth and hence 
 $\Omega _{\underline {U_\varepsilon }}$
 is locally free. This implies that the corresponding term
$\Omega _{\underline {U_\varepsilon }}$
 is locally free. This implies that the corresponding term 
 $\mathcal {E} xt^1(\Omega _{\underline {U_\varepsilon }},\mathcal {O}_X)_{\bar x}$
 in the long exact sequence for (5.1) vanishes and thus
$\mathcal {E} xt^1(\Omega _{\underline {U_\varepsilon }},\mathcal {O}_X)_{\bar x}$
 in the long exact sequence for (5.1) vanishes and thus 
 $\mu _{M,\bar x}$
 is surjective.
$\mu _{M,\bar x}$
 is surjective.
 To show (2), note that it suffices to show that any two elements in 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
 are isomorphic over
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
 are isomorphic over 
 $\underline {S}$
. Equivalently, by [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.19 & Corollary 3.12], the composition
$\underline {S}$
. Equivalently, by [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Definition 3.19 & Corollary 3.12], the composition 

needs to be the constant map. By assumption, P is free and then (2) follows from the description of 
 $\mathcal {E} xt^1(\mathcal {P}^{\operatorname {gp}}_{\bar x},\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x})$
 in [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Proposition 3.14].
$\mathcal {E} xt^1(\mathcal {P}^{\operatorname {gp}}_{\bar x},\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x})$
 in [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Proposition 3.14].
 For (3), if 
 $\bar x\not \in X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, both stalks are trivial and there is nothing to show, so assume that
$\bar x\not \in X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, both stalks are trivial and there is nothing to show, so assume that 
 $\bar x\in X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
. By [Reference Friedman17, Proposition 1.10], we have
$\bar x\in X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
. By [Reference Friedman17, Proposition 1.10], we have 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_{X,\bar x}\cong \mathcal {O}_{X_{\mathrm {sing}},\bar x}$
, so the kernel of the action of
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_{X,\bar x}\cong \mathcal {O}_{X_{\mathrm {sing}},\bar x}$
, so the kernel of the action of 
 $\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}$
 on
$\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}$
 on 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_{X,\bar x}$
 is
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_{X,\bar x}$
 is 
 $K:=\operatorname {ker}\big (\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}\to \mathcal {O}^\times _{X_{\mathrm {sing}},\bar x}\big )$
. If we show that K is contained in the kernel of the action of
$K:=\operatorname {ker}\big (\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}\to \mathcal {O}^\times _{X_{\mathrm {sing}},\bar x}\big )$
. If we show that K is contained in the kernel of the action of 
 $\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}$
 on
$\mathcal {O}^\times _{X,\bar x}$
 on 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
, then (3) follows from (2) and Proposition 5.2. By assumption, X is normal crossings at
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
, then (3) follows from (2) and Proposition 5.2. By assumption, X is normal crossings at 
 $\bar x$
. Let
$\bar x$
. Let 
 $X_1,\ldots ,X_r$
 be the local components of X at
$X_1,\ldots ,X_r$
 be the local components of X at 
 $\bar x$
,
$\bar x$
, 
 $r\ge 2$
. Let
$r\ge 2$
. Let 
 $\lambda \in K$
 be given and write
$\lambda \in K$
 be given and write 
 $\lambda =1+\sum _{i=1}^r f_i$
 where
$\lambda =1+\sum _{i=1}^r f_i$
 where 
 $f_i|_{X_j}=0$
 for
$f_i|_{X_j}=0$
 for 
 $i\neq j$
. We observe that
$i\neq j$
. We observe that 
 $\lambda =\prod _i (1+f_i)$
 because
$\lambda =\prod _i (1+f_i)$
 because 
 $f_if_j=0$
 for
$f_if_j=0$
 for 
 $i\neq j$
. If
$i\neq j$
. If 
 $\mathbb {N}^r\to \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x},\,e_i\mapsto h_i$
 is a chart of X at
$\mathbb {N}^r\to \mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x},\,e_i\mapsto h_i$
 is a chart of X at 
 $\bar x$
 representing an element of
$\bar x$
 representing an element of 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
 with
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
 with 
 and
 and 
 $V(h_i)=X_i$
, then
$V(h_i)=X_i$
, then 
 $e_i\mapsto (1+f_i) e_i$
 defines an automorphism of
$e_i\mapsto (1+f_i) e_i$
 defines an automorphism of 
 $\mathcal {M}_{X,\bar x}$
 compatible with the map to
$\mathcal {M}_{X,\bar x}$
 compatible with the map to 
 $\mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}$
 because
$\mathcal {O}_{X,\bar x}$
 because 
 $(1+f_i)h_i=h_i$
. It takes
$(1+f_i)h_i=h_i$
. It takes 
 to
 to 
 , so
, so 
 $\lambda $
 acts trivially on
$\lambda $
 acts trivially on 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
.
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
.
Remark 5.4. For 
 $\kappa \ge 2$
, consider the monoid
$\kappa \ge 2$
, consider the monoid 
 and the toroidal crossing space
 and the toroidal crossing space 
 . The map
. The map 
 $\eta \colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is the zero map
$\eta \colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is the zero map 
 $\Bbbk ^\times \to \Bbbk $
, so the smoothness assumption in Lemma 5.3 is necessary.
$\Bbbk ^\times \to \Bbbk $
, so the smoothness assumption in Lemma 5.3 is necessary.
Theorem 5.5. Let X be a toroidal crossing space with 
 $P_{\bar x}\cong \mathbb {N}^2$
 whenever
$P_{\bar x}\cong \mathbb {N}^2$
 whenever 
 $\bar x$
 is the generic point of a component of
$\bar x$
 is the generic point of a component of 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
; then
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
; then 
 $\eta \colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is injective. On the open set
$\eta \colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is injective. On the open set 
 $V\subset X$
 of points
$V\subset X$
 of points 
 $\bar x$
 with
$\bar x$
 with 
 $\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}\cong \mathbb {N}^r$
 for some r, we have
$\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}\cong \mathbb {N}^r$
 for some r, we have 
 $\eta (\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_V)=(\mathcal{T}\,_V^1)^\times $
 where
$\eta (\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_V)=(\mathcal{T}\,_V^1)^\times $
 where 
 $(\mathcal{T}\,_X^1)^\times \subset \mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 denotes the subsheaf of those elements that generate
$(\mathcal{T}\,_X^1)^\times \subset \mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 denotes the subsheaf of those elements that generate 
 $\mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 as an
$\mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 as an 
 $\mathcal {O}_X$
-module.
$\mathcal {O}_X$
-module.
Proof. The second statement is Lemma 5.3. The first statement also follows from the lemma combined with the fact that for every open 
 $U\subset X$
, the restriction map
$U\subset X$
, the restriction map 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X(U)\to \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X(U\cap V)$
 is injective, which is a consequence of Corollary 6.2. Indeed, in view of the diagram on the right, that the composition of the left vertical and bottom horizontal arrow is injective implies the injectivity of the top horizontal arrow.
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X(U)\to \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X(U\cap V)$
 is injective, which is a consequence of Corollary 6.2. Indeed, in view of the diagram on the right, that the composition of the left vertical and bottom horizontal arrow is injective implies the injectivity of the top horizontal arrow.

6. Toroidal Crossing Spaces as Log Toroidal Families
 Let X be a toroidal crossing space. Let 
 $\bar x$
 be geometric point and
$\bar x$
 be geometric point and 
 $V_{\bar x}$
 the étale neighbourhood with a smooth map
$V_{\bar x}$
 the étale neighbourhood with a smooth map 
 that exists by the definition of X. Set
 that exists by the definition of X. Set 
 $N=\mathcal {P}^{\operatorname {gp}}_{\bar x}$
 and
$N=\mathcal {P}^{\operatorname {gp}}_{\bar x}$
 and 
 $M_{\mathbb {R}}=\operatorname {Hom}(N,\mathbb {R})$
. We obtain a lattice polytope
$M_{\mathbb {R}}=\operatorname {Hom}(N,\mathbb {R})$
. We obtain a lattice polytope 
 (we use that X is reduced here). For a face
 (we use that X is reduced here). For a face 
 $\tau \subset \sigma _{\bar x}$
, we denote by
$\tau \subset \sigma _{\bar x}$
, we denote by 
 $V_\tau $
 the inverse image of the closed subset
$V_\tau $
 the inverse image of the closed subset 
 $\operatorname {Spec} \Bbbk [\tau ^\perp \cap \mathcal {P}_{\bar x}]$
 of
$\operatorname {Spec} \Bbbk [\tau ^\perp \cap \mathcal {P}_{\bar x}]$
 of 
 in
 in 
 $V_{\bar x}$
. Theorem 3.22 in [Reference Gross and Siebert19] says the following.
$V_{\bar x}$
. Theorem 3.22 in [Reference Gross and Siebert19] says the following.
Theorem 6.1 Gross–Siebert
 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X|_{V_{\bar x}}$
 is isomorphic to a subsheaf of
$\mathcal {LS}_X|_{V_{\bar x}}$
 is isomorphic to a subsheaf of 
 $\oplus _{\omega }\mathcal {O}^\times _{V_\omega }$
 where the sum is over the edges of
$\oplus _{\omega }\mathcal {O}^\times _{V_\omega }$
 where the sum is over the edges of 
 $\sigma _{\bar x}$
. The sections of the subsheaf on an open
$\sigma _{\bar x}$
. The sections of the subsheaf on an open 
 $V\subset V_{\bar x}$
 are given as the tuples
$V\subset V_{\bar x}$
 are given as the tuples 
 $(f_\omega )_\omega $
 so that, for every two-face
$(f_\omega )_\omega $
 so that, for every two-face 
 $\tau $
 of
$\tau $
 of 
 $\sigma _{\bar x}$
, we have
$\sigma _{\bar x}$
, we have 
 $$ \begin{align} \prod_{\omega\subset\tau}d_\omega \otimes f_\omega^{\epsilon_\tau(\omega)}|_{V_\tau}=1 \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \prod_{\omega\subset\tau}d_\omega \otimes f_\omega^{\epsilon_\tau(\omega)}|_{V_\tau}=1 \end{align} $$
as an equality in 
 $M\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}}\Gamma (V,\mathcal {O}^\times _{V_\tau })$
 where
$M\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}}\Gamma (V,\mathcal {O}^\times _{V_\tau })$
 where 
 $d_\omega $
 is a primitive generator of the tangent space to
$d_\omega $
 is a primitive generator of the tangent space to 
 $\omega $
 and
$\omega $
 and 
 $\epsilon _\tau (\omega )\in \{-1,+1\}$
 is such that
$\epsilon _\tau (\omega )\in \{-1,+1\}$
 is such that 
 $(\epsilon _\tau (\omega )d_\omega )_{\omega \subset \tau }$
 gives an oriented boundary of
$(\epsilon _\tau (\omega )d_\omega )_{\omega \subset \tau }$
 gives an oriented boundary of 
 $\tau $
.
$\tau $
.
Corollary 6.2. Given an étale open 
 $U\to X$
, the natural map
$U\to X$
, the natural map 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X(U)\to \prod _{\bar x}\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
, for the product running over the generic points
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X(U)\to \prod _{\bar x}\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{X,\bar x}$
, for the product running over the generic points 
 $\bar x$
 of the components of
$\bar x$
 of the components of 
 $U_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, is injective.
$U_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, is injective.
 The isomorphism in the theorem naturally depends on the morphism 
 in a way that enables the following result.
 in a way that enables the following result.
Corollary 6.3. For each irreducible component 
 $X_{\omega }$
 of
$X_{\omega }$
 of 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 there is an
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 there is an 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\tilde X_{\omega }}^\times $
-torsor
$\mathcal {O}_{\tilde X_{\omega }}^\times $
-torsor 
 $\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}^\times $
 on its normalisation
$\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}^\times $
 on its normalisation 
 $\tilde X_{\omega }$
 so that
$\tilde X_{\omega }$
 so that 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{LS}_X\subset \bigoplus_{X_{\omega}} q_{\omega,*}\mathcal{N}_{{\omega}}^\times\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{LS}_X\subset \bigoplus_{X_{\omega}} q_{\omega,*}\mathcal{N}_{{\omega}}^\times\end{align*} $$
for 
 $q_{\omega }\colon \tilde X_{\omega }\to X_{\omega }$
 the normalisation, and the subsheaf is locally characterised by Theorem 6.1 when using suitable local trivialisations of the torsors.
$q_{\omega }\colon \tilde X_{\omega }\to X_{\omega }$
 the normalisation, and the subsheaf is locally characterised by Theorem 6.1 when using suitable local trivialisations of the torsors.
 Let 
 $\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
 denote the associated line bundle so that
$\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
 denote the associated line bundle so that 
 $\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}^\times $
 is its
$\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}^\times $
 is its 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\tilde X_{\omega }}^\times $
-torsor of generating sections. We therefore obtain an injection of
$\mathcal {O}_{\tilde X_{\omega }}^\times $
-torsor of generating sections. We therefore obtain an injection of 
 $\mathcal {LS}_X$
 in the coherent sheaf
$\mathcal {LS}_X$
 in the coherent sheaf 
 $\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
.
$\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
.
Lemma 6.4. Under the hypothesis of Theorem 5.5, the injection 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\hookrightarrow \bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
 is
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\hookrightarrow \bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
 is 
 $\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
-equivariant.
$\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
-equivariant.
Proof. We borrow the notation 
 $P_{\kappa }$
 from Remark 5.4. From a careful analysis of the proof of [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Theorem 3.22] one finds that the action
$P_{\kappa }$
 from Remark 5.4. From a careful analysis of the proof of [Reference Gross and Siebert19, Theorem 3.22] one finds that the action 
 becomes
 becomes 
 $f_\omega \mapsto \lambda ^{\kappa _\omega }f_\omega $
 where
$f_\omega \mapsto \lambda ^{\kappa _\omega }f_\omega $
 where 
 $\kappa _\omega $
 is such that
$\kappa _\omega $
 is such that 
 $\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}\cong P_{\kappa _\omega }$
 at the generic point
$\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}\cong P_{\kappa _\omega }$
 at the generic point 
 $\bar x$
 of
$\bar x$
 of 
 $X_\omega $
. Indeed, if a local model at
$X_\omega $
. Indeed, if a local model at 
 $\bar x$
 is given by
$\bar x$
 is given by 
 , this is equivalent to
, this is equivalent to 
 , which explains the action. The hypothesis of Theorem 5.5 says that
, which explains the action. The hypothesis of Theorem 5.5 says that 
 $\kappa _\omega =1$
 for all
$\kappa _\omega =1$
 for all 
 $\omega $
, so indeed the action of
$\omega $
, so indeed the action of 
 $\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
 on
$\mathcal {O}^\times _X$
 on 
 $\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
 is compatible with the ordinary action on the coherent sheaf
$\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X$
 is compatible with the ordinary action on the coherent sheaf 
 $\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
.
$\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
.
Theorem 6.5. If X is a normal crossing space, then the injection in Lemma 6.4 factors as the composition of 
 $\eta \colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 and a uniquely determined injection of coherent sheaves
$\eta \colon \mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X\to \mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 and a uniquely determined injection of coherent sheaves 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X\hookrightarrow \bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
.
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X\hookrightarrow \bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
.
Proof. Given Lemma 6.4 and Theorem 5.5 and noting that 
 $V=X$
 for a normal crossing space and that the annihilator of
$V=X$
 for a normal crossing space and that the annihilator of 
 $\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is contained in the annihilator of
$\mathcal{T}\,^1_X$
 is contained in the annihilator of 
 $\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
, the statement becomes an elementary lemma about a cyclic module whose proof we omit.
$\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }}$
, the statement becomes an elementary lemma about a cyclic module whose proof we omit.
Definition 6.6. For a point 
 $\bar x\in X$
, let
$\bar x\in X$
, let 
 $X^\circ _{\bar x}\subset X$
 denote the Zariski locally closed subset where
$X^\circ _{\bar x}\subset X$
 denote the Zariski locally closed subset where 
 $\mathcal {P}$
 is locally constant with stalk
$\mathcal {P}$
 is locally constant with stalk 
 $\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}$
, so that X is the disjoint union of
$\mathcal {P}_{\bar x}$
, so that X is the disjoint union of 
 $X^\circ _{\bar y}$
 for suitable points
$X^\circ _{\bar y}$
 for suitable points 
 ${\bar y}$
. We call the closure
${\bar y}$
. We call the closure 
 $X_{\bar x}$
 of
$X_{\bar x}$
 of 
 $X^\circ _{\bar x}$
 the stratum of
$X^\circ _{\bar x}$
 the stratum of 
 ${\bar x}$
, which again decomposes into
${\bar x}$
, which again decomposes into 
 $X^\circ _{\bar y}$
. We infer the notion of strata to the normalisation of X.
$X^\circ _{\bar y}$
. We infer the notion of strata to the normalisation of X.
 A section of 
 $s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
 for a Zariski open
$s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
 for a Zariski open 
 $U\subset X$
 is called schön if it extends to a section
$U\subset X$
 is called schön if it extends to a section 
 $(s_\omega )_\omega \in \Gamma (X,\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }})$
 so that, for each
$(s_\omega )_\omega \in \Gamma (X,\bigoplus _{X_{\omega }} q_{\omega ,*}\mathcal {N}_{{\omega }})$
 so that, for each 
 $\omega $
, the vanishing locus
$\omega $
, the vanishing locus 
 $\tilde Z_\omega $
 of
$\tilde Z_\omega $
 of 
 $s_\omega $
 in
$s_\omega $
 in 
 $\tilde X_\omega $
 is reduced, does not contain any strata and has regular intersection with each stratum inside
$\tilde X_\omega $
 is reduced, does not contain any strata and has regular intersection with each stratum inside 
 $\tilde X_\omega $
 (in particular,
$\tilde X_\omega $
 (in particular, 
 $\tilde Z_\omega \cap X_{\omega }^\circ $
 is smooth). We also assume that
$\tilde Z_\omega \cap X_{\omega }^\circ $
 is smooth). We also assume that 
 $Z=\bigcup _\omega q_{\omega }(\tilde Z_\omega )$
 is the complement of U (otherwise, U can be enlarged).
$Z=\bigcup _\omega q_{\omega }(\tilde Z_\omega )$
 is the complement of U (otherwise, U can be enlarged).
Definition 6.7. A schön section is called simple if for every closed point 
 $\bar x\in X$
 with
$\bar x\in X$
 with 
 the smooth map from a neighbourhood, we have the following situation. Let
 the smooth map from a neighbourhood, we have the following situation. Let 
 $Z\cap V_{\bar x}=\bigcup _{\omega \in \Omega } Z_\omega $
 be the local decomposition of Z into irreducible components where we may assume each
$Z\cap V_{\bar x}=\bigcup _{\omega \in \Omega } Z_\omega $
 be the local decomposition of Z into irreducible components where we may assume each 
 $Z_\omega $
 contains
$Z_\omega $
 contains 
 $\bar x$
.
$\bar x$
. 
- 
1. There is a disjoint union  $\Omega =\Omega _1\sqcup ...\sqcup \Omega _q$
 with $\Omega =\Omega _1\sqcup ...\sqcup \Omega _q$
 with $q<\operatorname {rk} \mathcal {P}_{\bar x}$
 such that $q<\operatorname {rk} \mathcal {P}_{\bar x}$
 such that $Z_i:=Z_\omega \cap X_{\bar x}=Z_{\omega '}\cap X_{\bar x}$
 whenever $Z_i:=Z_\omega \cap X_{\bar x}=Z_{\omega '}\cap X_{\bar x}$
 whenever $\omega ,\omega '$
 are in the same $\omega ,\omega '$
 are in the same $\Omega _i$
. $\Omega _i$
.
- 
2.  $Z_1,\ldots ,Z_q$
 form a collection of normal crossing divisors in $Z_1,\ldots ,Z_q$
 form a collection of normal crossing divisors in $X_{\bar x}$
 at $X_{\bar x}$
 at ${\bar x}$
. ${\bar x}$
.
- 
3. For each i, the primitive vectors  $d_\omega $
 for $d_\omega $
 for $\omega \in \Omega _i$
 are the set of edge vectors of an elementary simplex $\omega \in \Omega _i$
 are the set of edge vectors of an elementary simplex $\Delta _i\subset N_{\mathbb {R}}$
. (A lattice simplex is elementary if its vertices are the only lattice points contained in it.) $\Delta _i\subset N_{\mathbb {R}}$
. (A lattice simplex is elementary if its vertices are the only lattice points contained in it.)
 We remark that if 
 $q_\omega \colon \tilde X_\omega \to X_\omega $
 is not an embedding, the zero set
$q_\omega \colon \tilde X_\omega \to X_\omega $
 is not an embedding, the zero set 
 $\tilde Z_\omega $
 of
$\tilde Z_\omega $
 of 
 $s_\omega $
 may locally contribute two or more components of Z at a point
$s_\omega $
 may locally contribute two or more components of Z at a point 
 $\bar x$
 that may or may not lie in different
$\bar x$
 that may or may not lie in different 
 $\Omega _i$
.
$\Omega _i$
.
Theorem 6.8 Gross–Siebert
 A toroidal crossing space X over an algebraically closed field 
 $\Bbbk $
 together with simple section
$\Bbbk $
 together with simple section 
 $s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
 gives X the structure of a log toroidal family over
$s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
 gives X the structure of a log toroidal family over 
 $S=\operatorname {Spec}\big (\mathbb {N}\to \Bbbk \big )$
 with U the locus of log smoothness.
$S=\operatorname {Spec}\big (\mathbb {N}\to \Bbbk \big )$
 with U the locus of log smoothness.
Proof. Using assumptions in Definition 6.7, the proof is the same as the one of [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 2.6]. See also Example 4.6.
 We remark that the 
 $\Delta _i$
 give the local structure of the singularities in the nearby fibre (cf. [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Proposition 2.2]). We also remark that all ETDs have
$\Delta _i$
 give the local structure of the singularities in the nearby fibre (cf. [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Proposition 2.2]). We also remark that all ETDs have 
 $\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{\min }$
; that is, there is no horizontal divisor. Proposition 2.8 implies
$\mathcal {F}=\mathcal {F}_{\min }$
; that is, there is no horizontal divisor. Proposition 2.8 implies 
 $W^{\dim X}_{X/S}=\omega _{X/S}$
.
$W^{\dim X}_{X/S}=\omega _{X/S}$
.
Proposition 6.9. A normal crossing space X with 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 projective and
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
 projective and 
 $\mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 generated by global sections permits a dense open U and a simple section
$\mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 generated by global sections permits a dense open U and a simple section 
 $s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
. In view of Definition 6.7, we have
$s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
. In view of Definition 6.7, we have 
 $q=1$
 at every point in Z and
$q=1$
 at every point in Z and 
 $\Delta _1$
 in each ETD is a standard simplex, which means that all ETDs have smooth nearby fibres.
$\Delta _1$
 in each ETD is a standard simplex, which means that all ETDs have smooth nearby fibres.
Proof. Applying Bertini’s theorem to the line bundle 
 $\mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 on
$\mathcal{T}\,_X^1$
 on 
 $X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, we obtain a section
$X_{\mathrm {sing}}$
, we obtain a section 
 $\hat s\in \Gamma (X_{\mathrm {sing}},\mathcal{T}\,_X^1)$
 that gives a simple section
$\hat s\in \Gamma (X_{\mathrm {sing}},\mathcal{T}\,_X^1)$
 that gives a simple section 
 $s\in \Gamma (X\setminus V(\hat s),\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
 by Theorem 6.5.
$s\in \Gamma (X\setminus V(\hat s),\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_X)$
 by Theorem 6.5.
Proof. We are given E that is transverse to the strata of X. We apply a slight variant of Proposition 6.9 by making sure that the zero locus Z of the section 
 $\hat s$
 generated by Bertini is transverse also to E. Theorem 1.7 gives an orbifold smoothing, but we know that it is an actual smoothing from the fact that each
$\hat s$
 generated by Bertini is transverse also to E. Theorem 1.7 gives an orbifold smoothing, but we know that it is an actual smoothing from the fact that each 
 $\Delta _1$
 is standard.
$\Delta _1$
 is standard.
 The next two lemmata reduce Theorem 1.7 to the log Calabi–Yau case; that is, to the case 
 $W^d_{X/S} \cong \mathcal {O}_X$
. We achieve this by modifying the log structure so that the new family is log Calabi–Yau.
$W^d_{X/S} \cong \mathcal {O}_X$
. We achieve this by modifying the log structure so that the new family is log Calabi–Yau.
Lemma 6.11. Let 
 $f\colon X\to S$
 be a log toroidal family with empty horizontal divisor. Let
$f\colon X\to S$
 be a log toroidal family with empty horizontal divisor. Let 
 $E\subset \underline X$
 be a Cartier divisor that meets all strata and Z transversely; that is, locally along E the triple
$E\subset \underline X$
 be a Cartier divisor that meets all strata and Z transversely; that is, locally along E the triple 
 $(X,Z,E)$
 is étale equivalent to
$(X,Z,E)$
 is étale equivalent to 
 $(E\times \mathbb {A}^1,(E\cap Z)\times \mathbb {A}^1,E\times \{0\})$
. There is a new log toroidal family
$(E\times \mathbb {A}^1,(E\cap Z)\times \mathbb {A}^1,E\times \{0\})$
. There is a new log toroidal family 
 $X(\log E)\to S$
 that has E as its horizontal divisor and factors through f (by forgetting E), so, in particular,
$X(\log E)\to S$
 that has E as its horizontal divisor and factors through f (by forgetting E), so, in particular, 
 $W^{\dim X}_{X(\log E)/S}(-E)=\omega _{X/S}$
.
$W^{\dim X}_{X(\log E)/S}(-E)=\omega _{X/S}$
.
Proof. On U the result is straightforward and along Z we use the product description to make E the horizontal divisor in the ETDs by adding a summand 
 $\mathbb {N}$
 to P and the unique new facet gets included in
$\mathbb {N}$
 to P and the unique new facet gets included in 
 $\mathcal {F}$
. That these give local models follows the same proof as [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 2.6], noting that we may treat the local equation for E as one of the
$\mathcal {F}$
. That these give local models follows the same proof as [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 2.6], noting that we may treat the local equation for E as one of the 
 $f_i$
 in the notation of [Reference Gross and Siebert20].
$f_i$
 in the notation of [Reference Gross and Siebert20].
Lemma 6.12. Let 
 $f\colon X\to S$
 be a projective log toroidal family with empty horizontal divisor and assume that
$f\colon X\to S$
 be a projective log toroidal family with empty horizontal divisor and assume that 
 $\omega ^{-1}_{X/S}$
 is generated by global sections; then
$\omega ^{-1}_{X/S}$
 is generated by global sections; then 
 $\omega ^{-1}_{X/S}\cong \mathcal {O}_X(E)$
 for a divisor E that satisfies the assumption of Lemma 6.11. In particular,
$\omega ^{-1}_{X/S}\cong \mathcal {O}_X(E)$
 for a divisor E that satisfies the assumption of Lemma 6.11. In particular, 
 $W^{\dim X}_{X(\log E)/S}\cong \mathcal {O}_X$
.
$W^{\dim X}_{X(\log E)/S}\cong \mathcal {O}_X$
.
Proof. This follows via an application of Bertini’s theorem.
In general, we do not know whether deformations of log toroidal families are locally unique. The following theorem shows local uniqueness for the families obtained from toroidal crossing spaces whenever a simple section gives the log structure.
Theorem 6.13 Gross–Siebert, Theorem 2.11 in [Reference Gross and Siebert20]
 Let 
 $Y:=X(\log E)\to S$
 be a log toroidal family obtained from a toroidal crossing space
$Y:=X(\log E)\to S$
 be a log toroidal family obtained from a toroidal crossing space 
 $\underline X$
 via a simple section
$\underline X$
 via a simple section 
 $s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{\underline X})$
 and a divisor E as in Lemma 6.11. Let
$s\in \Gamma (U,\mathcal {L}\mathcal {S}_{\underline X})$
 and a divisor E as in Lemma 6.11. Let 
 $Y_k$
 be a log toroidal deformation over
$Y_k$
 be a log toroidal deformation over 
 $S_k = \operatorname {Spec} (\mathbb {N} \to \Bbbk [t]/(t^{k + 1}))$
. Then the automorphisms of, isomorphisms of and obstructions to the existence of a lifting
$S_k = \operatorname {Spec} (\mathbb {N} \to \Bbbk [t]/(t^{k + 1}))$
. Then the automorphisms of, isomorphisms of and obstructions to the existence of a lifting 
 $Y_{k + 1}$
 to
$Y_{k + 1}$
 to 
 $S_{k + 1}$
 are controlled by
$S_{k + 1}$
 are controlled by 
 $H^0(Y,\Theta ^1_{Y/S} \otimes _\Bbbk I)$
,
$H^0(Y,\Theta ^1_{Y/S} \otimes _\Bbbk I)$
, 
 $H^1(Y,\Theta ^1_{Y/S} \otimes _\Bbbk I)$
 and
$H^1(Y,\Theta ^1_{Y/S} \otimes _\Bbbk I)$
 and 
 $H^2(Y,\Theta ^1_{Y/S} \otimes _\Bbbk I)$
, respectively, where
$H^2(Y,\Theta ^1_{Y/S} \otimes _\Bbbk I)$
, respectively, where 
 $I = (t^{k + 1}) \subset \Bbbk [t]/(t^{k + 2})$
. In particular, if
$I = (t^{k + 1}) \subset \Bbbk [t]/(t^{k + 2})$
. In particular, if 
 $V\subset Y$
 is affine open, then any two infinitesimal deformations of
$V\subset Y$
 is affine open, then any two infinitesimal deformations of 
 $V/S$
 are isomorphic.
$V/S$
 are isomorphic.
Proof. The proof works precisely as in [Reference Gross and Siebert20]. We remark that in Lemma 2.14, the exact sequence in (2) becomes 
 $0\to \Theta _{Y/S}\to \Theta _{\underline X/\Bbbk }(\log E)\to \mathcal {B}\to 0$
 where
$0\to \Theta _{Y/S}\to \Theta _{\underline X/\Bbbk }(\log E)\to \mathcal {B}\to 0$
 where 
 $\Theta _{\underline X/\Bbbk }(\log E)$
 denotes ordinary derivations that preserve the ideal of E. In other words, for the ordinary deformations, we consider the ones of the pair
$\Theta _{\underline X/\Bbbk }(\log E)$
 denotes ordinary derivations that preserve the ideal of E. In other words, for the ordinary deformations, we consider the ones of the pair 
 $(\underline X, E)$
 rather than just
$(\underline X, E)$
 rather than just 
 $\underline X$
.
$\underline X$
.
7. Differentials for Elementary Log Toroidal Families
 We fix a principal ideal domain R as base ring. The constructions in Section 3 carry through when replacing 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
 by R. We will use the following elementary lemma.
$\mathbb {Z}$
 by R. We will use the following elementary lemma.
Lemma 7.1. Let 
 $n,m\ge 0$
 and
$n,m\ge 0$
 and 
 $G_1,\ldots ,G_r\subset R^n$
 be submodules each of which is a direct summand; then the natural map
$G_1,\ldots ,G_r\subset R^n$
 be submodules each of which is a direct summand; then the natural map 
 $\bigwedge ^m_R(\bigcap _i G_i)\to \bigcap _i\bigwedge ^m_R G_i$
 is an isomorphism.
$\bigwedge ^m_R(\bigcap _i G_i)\to \bigcap _i\bigwedge ^m_R G_i$
 is an isomorphism.
 First consider the absolute case – that is, an ETD 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 with
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 with 
 $Q=0$
 – and let
$Q=0$
 – and let 
 $f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to \operatorname {Spec} R$
 be the associated log morphism. One checks that U from (3.3) is simply the complement of codimension 2 strata. Recall from Example 2.10 that
$f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to \operatorname {Spec} R$
 be the associated log morphism. One checks that U from (3.3) is simply the complement of codimension 2 strata. Recall from Example 2.10 that 
 $W^m:=W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
 are just the Danilov differentials with log poles in the divisor given by the facets in
$W^m:=W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
 are just the Danilov differentials with log poles in the divisor given by the facets in 
 $\mathcal {F}$
. Danilov already computed these in [Reference Danilov12, Proposition 15.5] over a field, and because of Lemma 7.1 the same calculation works over R and we obtain the following.
$\mathcal {F}$
. Danilov already computed these in [Reference Danilov12, Proposition 15.5] over a field, and because of Lemma 7.1 the same calculation works over R and we obtain the following.
Proposition 7.2 absolute case
 We have a grading 
 $\Gamma (A_P,W^m)=\bigoplus _{p\in P} (W^m)_p$
 with
$\Gamma (A_P,W^m)=\bigoplus _{p\in P} (W^m)_p$
 with 
 $$ \begin{align*}(W^m)_p= \bigwedge^m_R\left(\bigcap_{{F \in \mathcal{F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal{F}}\atop{p \in F}} F^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R\right)\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(W^m)_p= \bigwedge^m_R\left(\bigcap_{{F \in \mathcal{F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal{F}}\atop{p \in F}} F^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R\right)\end{align*} $$
where the intersection is 
 $P^{gp}\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R$
 if the index set is empty.
$P^{gp}\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R$
 if the index set is empty.
 Let us next assume that we have a general ETD 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 and let f again denote the associated log toroidal family and
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 and let f again denote the associated log toroidal family and 
 $W^m_f:=W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} A_Q}$
 the differentials. Note that because
$W^m_f:=W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} A_Q}$
 the differentials. Note that because 
 $\mathcal {F}$
 contains all vertical facets, every facet in
$\mathcal {F}$
 contains all vertical facets, every facet in 
 $\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}} \setminus \mathcal {F}$
 contains Q. We obtain the following generalisation.
$\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}} \setminus \mathcal {F}$
 contains Q. We obtain the following generalisation.
Proposition 7.3 general case
 We have a grading 
 $\Gamma (A_P,W^m_f)=\bigoplus _{p\in P} (W^m_f)_p$
 with
$\Gamma (A_P,W^m_f)=\bigoplus _{p\in P} (W^m_f)_p$
 with 
 $$ \begin{align*}(W^m_f)_p= \bigwedge^m_R\left(\left.\left(\bigcap_{{F \in \mathcal{F}_{{\operatorname{max}}} \setminus \mathcal{F}}\atop{p \in F}} F^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R\right)\right/ (Q^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R)\right)\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(W^m_f)_p= \bigwedge^m_R\left(\left.\left(\bigcap_{{F \in \mathcal{F}_{{\operatorname{max}}} \setminus \mathcal{F}}\atop{p \in F}} F^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R\right)\right/ (Q^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R)\right)\end{align*} $$
where the intersection is 
 $P^{gp}\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R$
 if the index set is empty. Because
$P^{gp}\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R$
 if the index set is empty. Because 
 $Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\subset P^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 splits, we can equivalently take the quotient before the intersection.
$Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\subset P^{\operatorname {gp}}$
 splits, we can equivalently take the quotient before the intersection.
Proof. We can compose f with the projection to 
 $\operatorname {Spec} R$
 to relate the current situation to that of Proposition 7.2. The open set
$\operatorname {Spec} R$
 to relate the current situation to that of Proposition 7.2. The open set 
 $U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
 in the absolute case is the complement of
$U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
 in the absolute case is the complement of 
 $Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
, the union of all codimension 2 strata. Hence,
$Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
, the union of all codimension 2 strata. Hence, 
 $U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
 is covered by
$U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
 is covered by 
 $U_F$
 where F runs over the facets of P. On the other hand, the open set U for f as given in (3.3) has a cover
$U_F$
 where F runs over the facets of P. On the other hand, the open set U for f as given in (3.3) has a cover 
 $U_F$
 where F runs over the essential faces of rank
$U_F$
 where F runs over the essential faces of rank 
 $d-1$
 by Lemma 3.7. Obviously,
$d-1$
 by Lemma 3.7. Obviously, 
 $U^{\operatorname {abs}}\subset U$
. Note that because
$U^{\operatorname {abs}}\subset U$
. Note that because 
 $W^m_f$
 is locally free on U and
$W^m_f$
 is locally free on U and 
 $\mathcal {O}_U$
 is
$\mathcal {O}_U$
 is 
 $Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed, we find that
$Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed, we find that 
 $W^m_f$
 is not only Z-closed but also
$W^m_f$
 is not only Z-closed but also 
 $Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed. Consider the commutative diagram of solid arrows
$Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed. Consider the commutative diagram of solid arrows

where the top row is obtained by pushing it forward from 
 $U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
. The bottom sequence is obtained from tensoring the sequence
$U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
. The bottom sequence is obtained from tensoring the sequence 
 $0\to Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\to P^{\operatorname {gp}}\to P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\to 0$
 with
$0\to Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\to P^{\operatorname {gp}}\to P^{\operatorname {gp}}/Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\to 0$
 with 
 $\mathcal {O}_{A_P}$
; in particular, it is exact and splits. Hence, the dotted diagonal arrow exists and commutes with the other maps. Therefore,
$\mathcal {O}_{A_P}$
; in particular, it is exact and splits. Hence, the dotted diagonal arrow exists and commutes with the other maps. Therefore, 
 $\operatorname {coker}(\iota )$
 is a direct summand of
$\operatorname {coker}(\iota )$
 is a direct summand of 
 $W^1_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
; in particular,
$W^1_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
; in particular, 
 $Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed. Moreover,
$Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed. Moreover, 
 $\operatorname {coker}(\iota )\to W^1_{f}$
 is an isomorphism on
$\operatorname {coker}(\iota )\to W^1_{f}$
 is an isomorphism on 
 $U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
 and because both sheaves are
$U^{\operatorname {abs}}$
 and because both sheaves are 
 $Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed, we have
$Z^{\operatorname {abs}}$
-closed, we have 
 $\operatorname {coker}(\iota )=W^1_{f}$
 and thus the top row is exact and splits.
$\operatorname {coker}(\iota )=W^1_{f}$
 and thus the top row is exact and splits.
 Let 
 $\langle f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}\rangle $
 denote the homogeneous ideal in the sheaf of exterior algebras
$\langle f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}\rangle $
 denote the homogeneous ideal in the sheaf of exterior algebras 
 $W^{\bullet }_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
 generated by
$W^{\bullet }_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
 generated by 
 $f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
. The split exactness above gives the split exactness of the following sequence:
$f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}$
. The split exactness above gives the split exactness of the following sequence: 
 $$ \begin{align*}0\to \langle f^*\Omega_{A_Q/\operatorname{Spec} R}\rangle_m \to W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal{F}}/\operatorname{Spec} R} \to W^m_{f}\to 0.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}0\to \langle f^*\Omega_{A_Q/\operatorname{Spec} R}\rangle_m \to W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal{F}}/\operatorname{Spec} R} \to W^m_{f}\to 0.\end{align*} $$
Because 
 $A_P$
 is affine and
$A_P$
 is affine and 
 $\langle f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}\rangle $
 coherent, applying
$\langle f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}\rangle $
 coherent, applying 
 $\Gamma (A_P,\cdot )$
 to this sequence yields another exact sequence that already gives that
$\Gamma (A_P,\cdot )$
 to this sequence yields another exact sequence that already gives that 
 $\Gamma (A_P,W^m_f)$
 is P-graded. We have
$\Gamma (A_P,W^m_f)$
 is P-graded. We have 
 $\Gamma (A_P,f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R})= Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R[P]$
. Set
$\Gamma (A_P,f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R})= Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R[P]$
. Set 
 ${\textbf {F}}_p:=\left (\bigcap _{{F \in \mathcal {F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal {F}}\atop {p \in F}} F^{gp} \otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R\right )$
 and let
${\textbf {F}}_p:=\left (\bigcap _{{F \in \mathcal {F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal {F}}\atop {p \in F}} F^{gp} \otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} R\right )$
 and let 
 $\langle Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R\rangle \subset \bigwedge ^{\bullet }_R {\textbf {F}}_p $
 be the homogeneous ideal generated by
$\langle Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R\rangle \subset \bigwedge ^{\bullet }_R {\textbf {F}}_p $
 be the homogeneous ideal generated by 
 $Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R$
. One computes
$Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R$
. One computes 
 $\Gamma (A_P,\langle f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}\rangle _m)_p=\langle Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R\rangle _m$
. Using Proposition 7.2, in degree
$\Gamma (A_P,\langle f^*\Omega _{A_Q/\operatorname {Spec} R}\rangle _m)_p=\langle Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R\rangle _m$
. Using Proposition 7.2, in degree 
 $p\in P$
, we obtain the exact sequence
$p\in P$
, we obtain the exact sequence 
 $$ \begin{align*}0 \to \langle Q^{\operatorname{gp}}\otimes R\rangle_m \to \bigwedge^m_R {\textbf{F}}_p \to (W^m_f)_p \to 0.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}0 \to \langle Q^{\operatorname{gp}}\otimes R\rangle_m \to \bigwedge^m_R {\textbf{F}}_p \to (W^m_f)_p \to 0.\end{align*} $$
Using a splitting of the injection 
 $(Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R)\subset {\textbf {F}}_p$
 and comparing leads to the assertion.
$(Q^{\operatorname {gp}}\otimes R)\subset {\textbf {F}}_p$
 and comparing leads to the assertion.
Corollary 7.4. For all m, 
 $W^m_{f}$
 is flat over
$W^m_{f}$
 is flat over 
 $A_Q$
.
$A_Q$
.
Proof. Inspecting the result in Proposition 7.3, we find that 
 $\Gamma (A_P,W^m_f)$
 is a free
$\Gamma (A_P,W^m_f)$
 is a free 
 $R[Q]$
-module.
$R[Q]$
-module.
7.1. Change of Base
 Let 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD,
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
 be a Noetherian ring and
$\mathcal{T}\,$
 be a Noetherian ring and 
 $T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\, \to \operatorname {Spec} R[Q]$
 be any morphism. Denote by
$T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\, \to \operatorname {Spec} R[Q]$
 be any morphism. Denote by 
 $\sigma $
 the composition
$\sigma $
 the composition 
 $Q\to R[Q]\to \mathcal{T}\,$
, which turns T into a coherent log scheme. Define Y by the fibre diagram
$Q\to R[Q]\to \mathcal{T}\,$
, which turns T into a coherent log scheme. Define Y by the fibre diagram

of log toroidal families. We want to study when the natural map 
 $c^*W^m_f\to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism. This holds if f is log smooth because then
$c^*W^m_f\to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism. This holds if f is log smooth because then 
 $W^m_f=\Omega ^m_f$
 are the ordinary log differentials that satisfy this isomorphism property by their universal property. In particular,
$W^m_f=\Omega ^m_f$
 are the ordinary log differentials that satisfy this isomorphism property by their universal property. In particular, 
 $c^*W^m_f\to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is always an isomorphism on the open set
$c^*W^m_f\to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is always an isomorphism on the open set 
 $V:=c^{-1}(U)$
. The following example shows that it is not an isomorphism in general. For a subset
$V:=c^{-1}(U)$
. The following example shows that it is not an isomorphism in general. For a subset 
 $I\subset P$
, let
$I\subset P$
, let 
 $\langle I\rangle $
 be the smallest face of P containing I.
$\langle I\rangle $
 be the smallest face of P containing I.
Example 7.5. Let P be the submonoid of 
 $\mathbb {Z}^2$
 generated by
$\mathbb {Z}^2$
 generated by 
 $(1,0),(1,1),(1,2)$
 and let
$(1,0),(1,1),(1,2)$
 and let 
 $Q = 0$
. The monoid P has two facets
$Q = 0$
. The monoid P has two facets 
 $H_1 = \langle (1,0)\rangle $
 and
$H_1 = \langle (1,0)\rangle $
 and 
 $H_2 = \langle (1,2)\rangle $
, and setting
$H_2 = \langle (1,2)\rangle $
, and setting 
 $\mathcal {F} = \emptyset $
 yields an ETD. Let
$\mathcal {F} = \emptyset $
 yields an ETD. Let 
 $f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q=\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}$
 be the corresponding map. Now set
$f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}}\to A_Q=\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}$
 be the corresponding map. Now set 
 $\mathcal{T}\,=\mathbb {Z}/2\mathbb {Z}$
 inducing the natural map
$\mathcal{T}\,=\mathbb {Z}/2\mathbb {Z}$
 inducing the natural map 
 $T=\operatorname {Spec}\mathcal{T}\,\to \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}$
 and a fibre diagram as above. One checks that
$T=\operatorname {Spec}\mathcal{T}\,\to \operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}$
 and a fibre diagram as above. One checks that 
 $c^*W^1_f\to W^1_{Y/T}$
 is not an isomorphism by computing both terms via Proposition 7.2. It suffices to check the degree
$c^*W^1_f\to W^1_{Y/T}$
 is not an isomorphism by computing both terms via Proposition 7.2. It suffices to check the degree 
 $p=0$
 – indeed,
$p=0$
 – indeed, 
 $(W^1_f)_0=H_1^{\operatorname {gp}}\cap H_2^{\operatorname {gp}}=0$
 – but
$(W^1_f)_0=H_1^{\operatorname {gp}}\cap H_2^{\operatorname {gp}}=0$
 – but 
 $$ \begin{align*}(W^1_{Y/T})_0=(H_1^{\operatorname{gp}}\otimes \mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})\cap (H_2^{\operatorname{gp}}\otimes \mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})=\mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z}\cdot (1,0)\subset (\mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})^2.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(W^1_{Y/T})_0=(H_1^{\operatorname{gp}}\otimes \mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})\cap (H_2^{\operatorname{gp}}\otimes \mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})=\mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z}\cdot (1,0)\subset (\mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})^2.\end{align*} $$
Hence, 
 $((W^1_f)\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} \mathbb {Z}/2\mathbb {Z})_0=0$
 but
$((W^1_f)\otimes _{\mathbb {Z}} \mathbb {Z}/2\mathbb {Z})_0=0$
 but 
 $(W^1_{Y/T})_0\neq 0$
.
$(W^1_{Y/T})_0\neq 0$
.
 The example teaches that base change is related to the (non)commuting of intersection and tensor product. The following lemma (which is an elementary exercise in 
 $\operatorname {Tor}$
 groups) will help us. We say that a ring
$\operatorname {Tor}$
 groups) will help us. We say that a ring 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
 is of characteristic
$\mathcal{T}\,$
 is of characteristic 
 $\geq p_0$
 if for the residue field
$\geq p_0$
 if for the residue field 
 $\kappa _{\mathfrak {p}}$
 of every point
$\kappa _{\mathfrak {p}}$
 of every point 
 $\mathfrak {p}$
 holds
$\mathfrak {p}$
 holds 
 $\operatorname {char} \kappa _{\mathfrak {p}}\ge p_0$
 or
$\operatorname {char} \kappa _{\mathfrak {p}}\ge p_0$
 or 
 $\operatorname {char} \kappa _{\mathfrak {p}}=0$
.
$\operatorname {char} \kappa _{\mathfrak {p}}=0$
.
Lemma 7.6. Let G be a finitely generated 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-module and
$\mathbb {Z}$
-module and 
 $H, H' \subset G$
 be two submodules. Then there is
$H, H' \subset G$
 be two submodules. Then there is 
 $p_0$
 such that for every ring
$p_0$
 such that for every ring 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
 of characteristic
$\mathcal{T}\,$
 of characteristic 
 $\geq p_0$
 we have
$\geq p_0$
 we have 
 $$ \begin{align*}(H \cap H') \otimes \mathcal{T}\, = (H \otimes \mathcal{T}\,) \cap (H' \otimes \mathcal{T}\,)\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(H \cap H') \otimes \mathcal{T}\, = (H \otimes \mathcal{T}\,) \cap (H' \otimes \mathcal{T}\,)\end{align*} $$
and each term here is a submodule of 
 $G \otimes \mathcal{T}\,$
.
$G \otimes \mathcal{T}\,$
.
 In the general situation, observe that we have 
 $\Gamma (Y, \mathcal {O}_Y) = \bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot \mathcal{T}\,$
 with multiplication
$\Gamma (Y, \mathcal {O}_Y) = \bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot \mathcal{T}\,$
 with multiplication 
 $$ \begin{align*}z^{e_1} \cdot z^{e_2} = z^{e} \cdot \sigma( q) \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad e_1 + e_2 = e + q\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}z^{e_1} \cdot z^{e_2} = z^{e} \cdot \sigma( q) \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad e_1 + e_2 = e + q\end{align*} $$
with 
 $e\in E,q\in Q$
 under the canonical decomposition from (3.1). Similarly, Proposition 7.3 gives
$e\in E,q\in Q$
 under the canonical decomposition from (3.1). Similarly, Proposition 7.3 gives 
 $$ \begin{align} \Gamma(Y, c^*W^m_f) = \bigoplus_{e \in E} z^e \cdot ((W^m_f)_e \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \Gamma(Y, c^*W^m_f) = \bigoplus_{e \in E} z^e \cdot ((W^m_f)_e \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,). \end{align} $$
Lemma 7.7. Recall 
 $V=c^{-1}(U)$
. Equivalent are
$V=c^{-1}(U)$
. Equivalent are 
- 
1. the map  $c^*W^m_f\to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism, $c^*W^m_f\to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism,
- 
2.  $c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive, $c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive,
- 
3. the restriction map  $\rho \colon \Gamma (Y, c^*W^m_f) \to \Gamma (V, c^*W^m_f)$
 is surjective. $\rho \colon \Gamma (Y, c^*W^m_f) \to \Gamma (V, c^*W^m_f)$
 is surjective.
Proof. 
(1)
 $\Rightarrow $
(2):
$\Rightarrow $
(2): 
 $W^m_{Y/T}$
 is reflexive; (2)
$W^m_{Y/T}$
 is reflexive; (2)
 $\Rightarrow $
(3):
$\Rightarrow $
(3): 
 $c^*W^m_f$
 is
$c^*W^m_f$
 is 
 $(Y\setminus V)$
-closed; (3)
$(Y\setminus V)$
-closed; (3)
 $\Rightarrow $
(1): Consider the commutative square
$\Rightarrow $
(1): Consider the commutative square

where the right vertical map is an isomorphism because 
 $W^m_{Y/T}$
 is reflexive by Lemma 2.4. The bottom horizontal map is an isomorphism by what we said just before Example 7.5. Now (1) holds if the top horizontal map is an isomorphism, which follows from (3) if
$W^m_{Y/T}$
 is reflexive by Lemma 2.4. The bottom horizontal map is an isomorphism by what we said just before Example 7.5. Now (1) holds if the top horizontal map is an isomorphism, which follows from (3) if 
 $\rho $
 is additionally injective. This injectivity is a general fact that we prove next. Recall that
$\rho $
 is additionally injective. This injectivity is a general fact that we prove next. Recall that 
 $A_{P,\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}}=A_P$
 and we have a map
$A_{P,\mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}}}=A_P$
 and we have a map 
 $A_P\to A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 that gives us another commutative square
$A_P\to A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 that gives us another commutative square

Because 
 $A_P\to A_Q$
 is log smooth and
$A_P\to A_Q$
 is log smooth and 
 $W^m_{A_P/A_Q}=\Omega ^m_{A_P/A_Q}$
 a free sheaf, the right vertical map is an isomorphism. We get that
$W^m_{A_P/A_Q}=\Omega ^m_{A_P/A_Q}$
 a free sheaf, the right vertical map is an isomorphism. We get that 
 $\rho $
 is injective if the top horizontal map is injective. The latter can be computed from Proposition 7.3. Indeed, this follows from (7.3) because for every
$\rho $
 is injective if the top horizontal map is injective. The latter can be computed from Proposition 7.3. Indeed, this follows from (7.3) because for every 
 $e\in E$
, the cokernel of
$e\in E$
, the cokernel of 
 $(W^m_f)_e\to (W^m_{A_P/A_Q})_e$
 is a free R-module.
$(W^m_f)_e\to (W^m_{A_P/A_Q})_e$
 is a free R-module.
 We next provide a useful criterion for the surjectivity of 
 $\rho $
. Let
$\rho $
. Let 
 $\mathcal {E}$
 be the set of essential faces of P of rank
$\mathcal {E}$
 be the set of essential faces of P of rank 
 $d-1$
. By Lemma 3.7, U is covered by
$d-1$
. By Lemma 3.7, U is covered by 
 $\{U_F|F\in \mathcal {E}\}$
. Set
$\{U_F|F\in \mathcal {E}\}$
. Set 
 $V_F=c^{-1}(U_F)$
 so these cover V. For each
$V_F=c^{-1}(U_F)$
 so these cover V. For each 
 $F\in \mathcal {E}$
, choose
$F\in \mathcal {E}$
, choose 
 $e_F\in F$
 in the relative interior; that is,
$e_F\in F$
 in the relative interior; that is, 
 $\langle e_F\rangle =F$
.
$\langle e_F\rangle =F$
.
Theorem 7.8. Write 
 $M_p := (W^m_f)_p$
 for short and assume that for every subset
$M_p := (W^m_f)_p$
 for short and assume that for every subset 
 $\mathcal {E}'\subset \mathcal {E}$
 and every
$\mathcal {E}'\subset \mathcal {E}$
 and every 
 $e \in E$
 the natural map
$e \in E$
 the natural map 
 $$ \begin{align*}\left(\bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}'} M_{e + e_F}\right) \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\, \to \bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}'} (M_{e + e_F} \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,)\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\left(\bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}'} M_{e + e_F}\right) \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\, \to \bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}'} (M_{e + e_F} \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,)\end{align*} $$
is an isomorphism. Then 
 $\rho $
 is surjective.
$\rho $
 is surjective.
Proof. We write 
 $M = \Gamma (A_{P}, W^m_f)$
,
$M = \Gamma (A_{P}, W^m_f)$
, 
 $N = \Gamma (A_{P}, W^m_{A_{P}/A_Q})$
 and
$N = \Gamma (A_{P}, W^m_{A_{P}/A_Q})$
 and 
 $N_p$
 for the degree p part of N. By proposition 7.3,
$N_p$
 for the degree p part of N. By proposition 7.3, 
 $M_p$
 and
$M_p$
 and 
 $N_p$
 only depend on
$N_p$
 only depend on 
 $\langle p \rangle $
. We are going to use that for
$\langle p \rangle $
. We are going to use that for 
 $p_1,p_2\in P$
 holds
$p_1,p_2\in P$
 holds 
 $$ \begin{align} \langle p_1+p_2 \rangle=\langle \langle p_1\rangle \cup \langle p_2\rangle \rangle. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \langle p_1+p_2 \rangle=\langle \langle p_1\rangle \cup \langle p_2\rangle \rangle. \end{align} $$
We have a natural injection 
 $M\subset N$
 by Proposition 7.3. Given
$M\subset N$
 by Proposition 7.3. Given 
 $\mu \in \Gamma (V, c^*W^m_f)$
, we want to show that it has a preimage under
$\mu \in \Gamma (V, c^*W^m_f)$
, we want to show that it has a preimage under 
 $\rho $
. We do have a unique preimage
$\rho $
. We do have a unique preimage 
 $\nu $
 under the right vertical map of (7.4), so in
$\nu $
 under the right vertical map of (7.4), so in 
 $N\otimes _{R[Q]} \mathcal{T}\,$
, and we are going to show that this preimage lies in
$N\otimes _{R[Q]} \mathcal{T}\,$
, and we are going to show that this preimage lies in 
 $M\otimes _{R[Q]} \mathcal{T}\,$
. Say
$M\otimes _{R[Q]} \mathcal{T}\,$
. Say 
 $\nu = \sum _e z^{e} \cdot n_e $
 with
$\nu = \sum _e z^{e} \cdot n_e $
 with 
 $n_e \in N_e \otimes \mathcal{T}\,$
 is such that
$n_e \in N_e \otimes \mathcal{T}\,$
 is such that 
 $\nu |_V=\mu $
. In particular,
$\nu |_V=\mu $
. In particular, 
 $\nu |_{V_F}=\mu |_{V_F}$
 for all
$\nu |_{V_F}=\mu |_{V_F}$
 for all 
 $F\in \mathcal {E}$
. There is some large
$F\in \mathcal {E}$
. There is some large 
 $a\ge 1$
 so that for each
$a\ge 1$
 so that for each 
 $F\in \mathcal {E}$
 there are
$F\in \mathcal {E}$
 there are 
 $m_{F,e}\in M_e\otimes \mathcal{T}\,$
 such that
$m_{F,e}\in M_e\otimes \mathcal{T}\,$
 such that 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mu|_{V_F} = z^{-a e_F} \sum_e z^e \cdot m_{F,e}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mu|_{V_F} = z^{-a e_F} \sum_e z^e \cdot m_{F,e}\end{align*} $$
and therefore 
 $\nu |_{V_F}=\mu |_{V_F}$
 implies
$\nu |_{V_F}=\mu |_{V_F}$
 implies 
 $$ \begin{align*}z^{a e_F} \sum_e z^e \cdot n_e\ \in\ \bigoplus_{e \in E} z^e \cdot (M_e \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,) \ \subset\ \bigoplus_{e \in E} z^e \cdot (N_e \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,).\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}z^{a e_F} \sum_e z^e \cdot n_e\ \in\ \bigoplus_{e \in E} z^e \cdot (M_e \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,) \ \subset\ \bigoplus_{e \in E} z^e \cdot (N_e \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,).\end{align*} $$
If 
 $e + ae_F = \tilde e + q$
 is the decomposition
$e + ae_F = \tilde e + q$
 is the decomposition 
 $P=E\times Q$
, then
$P=E\times Q$
, then 
 $n_e \cdot \sigma (q) \in M_{\tilde e} \otimes _R \mathcal{T}\,$
. By (7.5),
$n_e \cdot \sigma (q) \in M_{\tilde e} \otimes _R \mathcal{T}\,$
. By (7.5), 
 $$ \begin{align*}e + a e_F \in E \iff \langle e + e_F\rangle\subset E \iff e + e_F \in E,\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}e + a e_F \in E \iff \langle e + e_F\rangle\subset E \iff e + e_F \in E,\end{align*} $$
and if this holds, then 
 $\sigma (q) = 1$
, so setting
$\sigma (q) = 1$
, so setting 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{E}_e := \{F \in \mathcal{E} \ | \ e + e_F \in E\},\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{E}_e := \{F \in \mathcal{E} \ | \ e + e_F \in E\},\end{align*} $$
we obtain 
 $n_e \in \bigcap _{F \in \mathcal {E}_e} (M_{e + ae_F} \otimes _R \mathcal{T}\,)$
 and
$n_e \in \bigcap _{F \in \mathcal {E}_e} (M_{e + ae_F} \otimes _R \mathcal{T}\,)$
 and 
 $M_{e + ae_F}=M_{e + e_F}$
. Note that
$M_{e + ae_F}=M_{e + e_F}$
. Note that 
 $\mathcal {E}_e$
 does not depend on the chosen
$\mathcal {E}_e$
 does not depend on the chosen 
 $e_F$
. Using the assumption, we get
$e_F$
. Using the assumption, we get 
 $$ \begin{align*}n_e \in \bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}_e} (M_{e+e_F} \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,) = \left(\bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}_e} M_{e + e_F}\right) \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}n_e \in \bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}_e} (M_{e+e_F} \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,) = \left(\bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}_e} M_{e + e_F}\right) \otimes_R \mathcal{T}\,.\end{align*} $$
For the next step, define 
 $\mathcal {F}_e = \{H \in \mathcal {F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal {F} \ | \ \exists F \in \mathcal {E}_e : e + e_F \in H\}$
. We use Lemma 7.1 to compute
$\mathcal {F}_e = \{H \in \mathcal {F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal {F} \ | \ \exists F \in \mathcal {E}_e : e + e_F \in H\}$
. We use Lemma 7.1 to compute 
 $$ \begin{align*}\bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}_e} M_{e + e_F} = \bigwedge^m_R\left( \bigcap_{H \in \mathcal{F}_e} \frac{H^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R}{Q^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R} \right). \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\bigcap_{F \in \mathcal{E}_e} M_{e + e_F} = \bigwedge^m_R\left( \bigcap_{H \in \mathcal{F}_e} \frac{H^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R}{Q^{gp} \otimes_{\mathbb{Z}} R} \right). \end{align*} $$
We finally claim that 
 $\mathcal {F}_e = \{H \in \mathcal {F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal {F} \ | \ e \in H\}$
; indeed, given an H in the latter, we just need to exhibit an
$\mathcal {F}_e = \{H \in \mathcal {F}_{max} \setminus \mathcal {F} \ | \ e \in H\}$
; indeed, given an H in the latter, we just need to exhibit an 
 $F\in \mathcal {E}$
 that is also contained in H with
$F\in \mathcal {E}$
 that is also contained in H with 
 $\langle e,F\rangle \subset E$
, which can be done because
$\langle e,F\rangle \subset E$
, which can be done because 
 $H\cap E$
 is a union of faces in
$H\cap E$
 is a union of faces in 
 $\mathcal {E}$
. Thus,
$\mathcal {E}$
. Thus, 
 $n_e \in M_e \otimes _R \mathcal{T}\,$
, so indeed
$n_e \in M_e \otimes _R \mathcal{T}\,$
, so indeed 
 $\nu \in M \otimes _{R[Q]} \mathcal{T}\,$
 and we are done.
$\nu \in M \otimes _{R[Q]} \mathcal{T}\,$
 and we are done.
Corollary 7.9. Let 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD,
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
 a Noetherian ring and
$\mathcal{T}\,$
 a Noetherian ring and 
 $T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\, \to A_Q$
 a strict morphism of log schemes. Then
$T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\, \to A_Q$
 a strict morphism of log schemes. Then 
 $c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive and
$c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive and 
 $c^*W^m_f \to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism provided that the composition
$c^*W^m_f \to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism provided that the composition 
 $$ \begin{align*}R\to R[Q]\to \mathcal{T}\,\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}R\to R[Q]\to \mathcal{T}\,\end{align*} $$
is flat; for example, when R is a field.
 As Example 7.5 shows, the conditions of Theorem 7.8 are not always satisfied in case 
 $R = \mathbb {Z}$
. However, we do get close.
$R = \mathbb {Z}$
. However, we do get close.
Corollary 7.10. Let 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, and assume
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, and assume 
 $f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_Q$
 to be defined over
$f\colon A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_Q$
 to be defined over 
 $R = \mathbb {Z}$
. Then there is a
$R = \mathbb {Z}$
. Then there is a 
 $p_0 = p_0(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 such that for every m and every
$p_0 = p_0(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 such that for every m and every 
 $T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\, \to A_Q$
 with a Noetherian ring
$T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\, \to A_Q$
 with a Noetherian ring 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
 of characteristic
$\mathcal{T}\,$
 of characteristic 
 $\geq p_0$
, the sheaf
$\geq p_0$
, the sheaf 
 $c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive, and
$c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive, and 
 $c^*W^m_f \to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism.
$c^*W^m_f \to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism.
Proof. Applying Lemma 7.6 repeatedly, we find for every triple 
 $(m,e,\mathcal {E}')$
 as in Theorem 7.8 a
$(m,e,\mathcal {E}')$
 as in Theorem 7.8 a 
 $p_0(m,e,\mathcal {E}')$
 such that the isomorphism in the theorem holds if
$p_0(m,e,\mathcal {E}')$
 such that the isomorphism in the theorem holds if 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
 is of characteristic
$\mathcal{T}\,$
 is of characteristic 
 $\geq p_0(m,e,\mathcal {E}')$
. Because there are only finitely many different sets of modules
$\geq p_0(m,e,\mathcal {E}')$
. Because there are only finitely many different sets of modules 
 $\{M_{e + e_F} \ | \ F \in \mathcal {E}'\}$
, we obtain one
$\{M_{e + e_F} \ | \ F \in \mathcal {E}'\}$
, we obtain one 
 $p_0(Q \subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 that works for all triples.
$p_0(Q \subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 that works for all triples.
 For a field 
 $\Bbbk $
, consider a monoid ideal
$\Bbbk $
, consider a monoid ideal 
 $K\subset Q$
, let
$K\subset Q$
, let 
 $(K)\subset \Bbbk [Q]$
 denote the corresponding monomial ideal of
$(K)\subset \Bbbk [Q]$
 denote the corresponding monomial ideal of 
 $\Bbbk [Q]$
 and set
$\Bbbk [Q]$
 and set 
 $\mathcal{T}\,=\Bbbk [Q]/(K)$
. The map
$\mathcal{T}\,=\Bbbk [Q]/(K)$
. The map 
 $T=\operatorname {Spec}\mathcal{T}\,\to \Bbbk [Q]$
 is the natural one and
$T=\operatorname {Spec}\mathcal{T}\,\to \Bbbk [Q]$
 is the natural one and 
 $Y\to T$
 is defined by (7.2) as before. We set
$Y\to T$
 is defined by (7.2) as before. We set 
 $E_K := P \setminus (P + K)$
 and note this generalises the union of essential faces E from Section 3; indeed,
$E_K := P \setminus (P + K)$
 and note this generalises the union of essential faces E from Section 3; indeed, 
 $E=E_{Q\setminus \{0\}}$
. Combining Proposition 7.3 with Corollary 7.9 (for
$E=E_{Q\setminus \{0\}}$
. Combining Proposition 7.3 with Corollary 7.9 (for 
 $R=\Bbbk $
) gives the following, which also generalises [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Corollary 1.13].
$R=\Bbbk $
) gives the following, which also generalises [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Corollary 1.13].
Corollary 7.11. 
 $\Gamma (Y, W^m_{Y/T}) \cong \bigoplus _{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot \bigwedge ^m \left ( \bigcap _{H \in \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}} \setminus \mathcal {F} : e \in H} (H^{gp} \otimes \Bbbk )/(Q^{gp} \otimes \Bbbk ) \right )$
 with differential
$\Gamma (Y, W^m_{Y/T}) \cong \bigoplus _{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot \bigwedge ^m \left ( \bigcap _{H \in \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}} \setminus \mathcal {F} : e \in H} (H^{gp} \otimes \Bbbk )/(Q^{gp} \otimes \Bbbk ) \right )$
 with differential 
 $d(z^e \cdot n) = z^e \cdot [e] \wedge n$
.
$d(z^e \cdot n) = z^e \cdot [e] \wedge n$
.
 With 
 $c\colon Y \to A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 the notation from before, we apply
$c\colon Y \to A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 the notation from before, we apply 
 $c^*$
 to the split exact sequence given by the top row of (7.1) and obtain another split exact sequence. The left term is free and
$c^*$
 to the split exact sequence given by the top row of (7.1) and obtain another split exact sequence. The left term is free and 
 $c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive by Corollary 7.9. Hence,
$c^*W^m_f$
 is reflexive by Corollary 7.9. Hence, 
 $c^*W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\Bbbk }$
 is also reflexive. With
$c^*W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\Bbbk }$
 is also reflexive. With 
 $V=c^{-1}(U)$
, we find the natural surjection
$V=c^{-1}(U)$
, we find the natural surjection 
 $c^*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/\Bbbk }\twoheadrightarrow \Omega ^{\bullet }_{V/\Bbbk }$
 to be an isomorphism (e.g., by local freeness of both). For
$c^*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U/\Bbbk }\twoheadrightarrow \Omega ^{\bullet }_{V/\Bbbk }$
 to be an isomorphism (e.g., by local freeness of both). For 
 $j\colon V\hookrightarrow Y$
 the inclusion and
$j\colon V\hookrightarrow Y$
 the inclusion and 
 $W^{\bullet }_Y := j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{V/\Bbbk }$
 we thus have
$W^{\bullet }_Y := j_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{V/\Bbbk }$
 we thus have 
 $c^*W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\Bbbk } \cong W^m_Y$
. Plugging this into Proposition 7.2 yields the following.
$c^*W^m_{A_{P,\mathcal {F}}/\Bbbk } \cong W^m_Y$
. Plugging this into Proposition 7.2 yields the following.
Corollary 7.12. 
 $\Gamma (Y, W^m_{Y}) \cong \bigoplus _{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot \bigwedge ^m \left ( \bigcap _{H \in \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}} \setminus \mathcal {F} : e \in H} H^{gp} \otimes \Bbbk \right )$
 with differential
$\Gamma (Y, W^m_{Y}) \cong \bigoplus _{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot \bigwedge ^m \left ( \bigcap _{H \in \mathcal {F}_{{\operatorname {max}}} \setminus \mathcal {F} : e \in H} H^{gp} \otimes \Bbbk \right )$
 with differential 
 $d(z^e \cdot n) = z^e \cdot e \wedge n$
.
$d(z^e \cdot n) = z^e \cdot e \wedge n$
.
7.2. Local Analytic Theory
 We keep the setup and notation from before (with 
 $\Bbbk = \mathbb {C}$
), so
$\Bbbk = \mathbb {C}$
), so 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 is an ETD and
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 is an ETD and 
 $K\subset Q$
 a monoid ideal. We additionally assume that
$K\subset Q$
 a monoid ideal. We additionally assume that 
 $Q \setminus K$
 is finite, so
$Q \setminus K$
 is finite, so 
 $\mathcal{T}\,=\mathbb {C}[Q]/(K)$
 is an Artinian local ring. For
$\mathcal{T}\,=\mathbb {C}[Q]/(K)$
 is an Artinian local ring. For 
 $P^+=P\setminus \{0\}$
, let
$P^+=P\setminus \{0\}$
, let 
 $\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ P]\kern -0.25em]$
 be the completion of
$\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ P]\kern -0.25em]$
 be the completion of 
 $\mathbb {C}[P]$
 in
$\mathbb {C}[P]$
 in 
 $(P^+)$
.
$(P^+)$
.
Lemma 7.13. [Reference Ogus39, Proposition V.1.1.3]
 For every local homomorphism 
 $h\colon P \to \mathbb {N}$
; that is,
$h\colon P \to \mathbb {N}$
; that is, 
 $h^{-1}(0)=\{0\}$
 and we may view h as a grading; thus, it holds that
$h^{-1}(0)=\{0\}$
 and we may view h as a grading; thus, it holds that 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{O}_{A_P^{an},0} = \left\{\left.\sum_{p \in P} \alpha_p z^p \ \right|\ \alpha_p\in\mathbb{C},\,\mathrm{sup}_{p \in P^+} \left\{ \frac{\mathrm{log}\ |\alpha_p|}{h(p)} \right\} < \infty \right\} \subset \mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ P]\kern-0.25em].\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{O}_{A_P^{an},0} = \left\{\left.\sum_{p \in P} \alpha_p z^p \ \right|\ \alpha_p\in\mathbb{C},\,\mathrm{sup}_{p \in P^+} \left\{ \frac{\mathrm{log}\ |\alpha_p|}{h(p)} \right\} < \infty \right\} \subset \mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ P]\kern-0.25em].\end{align*} $$
 We have 
 $\Gamma (Y,\mathcal {O}_Y) \cong \mathbb {C}[E_K] := \bigoplus _{e \in E_K}\mathbb {C} \cdot z^e$
 with
$\Gamma (Y,\mathcal {O}_Y) \cong \mathbb {C}[E_K] := \bigoplus _{e \in E_K}\mathbb {C} \cdot z^e$
 with 
 $z^{e} \cdot z^{e'} = z^{e + e'}$
 if
$z^{e} \cdot z^{e'} = z^{e + e'}$
 if 
 $e + e' \in E_K$
 and
$e + e' \in E_K$
 and 
 $z^e \cdot z^{e'} = 0$
 otherwise. By [Reference Grothendieck23, Corollary 3.2] and Lemma 7.13, the complete local ring at the origin in
$z^e \cdot z^{e'} = 0$
 otherwise. By [Reference Grothendieck23, Corollary 3.2] and Lemma 7.13, the complete local ring at the origin in 
 $Y^{an}$
 is
$Y^{an}$
 is 
 $$ \begin{align*}\hat {\mathcal{O}}_{Y,0} \cong (\mathbb{C}[Q]/(K)) \otimes_{\mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ Q]\kern-0.25em]} \mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ P]\kern-0.25em] \cong \left \{\sum_{e \in E_K} \alpha_{e} z^e\right\}=:\mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ E_{K}]\kern-0.25em]. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\hat {\mathcal{O}}_{Y,0} \cong (\mathbb{C}[Q]/(K)) \otimes_{\mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ Q]\kern-0.25em]} \mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ P]\kern-0.25em] \cong \left \{\sum_{e \in E_K} \alpha_{e} z^e\right\}=:\mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ E_{K}]\kern-0.25em]. \end{align*} $$
Lemma 7.13 together with the surjectivity of 
 $\mathcal {O}_{A_P^{an},0} \to \mathcal {O}_{Y^{an},0}$
 and Krull’s intersection theorem yields
$\mathcal {O}_{A_P^{an},0} \to \mathcal {O}_{Y^{an},0}$
 and Krull’s intersection theorem yields 
 $$ \begin{align} \mathcal{O}_{Y^{an},0} = \left\{\left.\sum_{e \in E_K} \alpha_e z^e \in \mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ E_K]\kern-0.25em] \ \right|\ \mathrm{sup}_{e \in E_K \setminus 0} \left\{ \frac{\mathrm{log} |\alpha_e|}{h(e)} \right\} < \infty \right\}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \mathcal{O}_{Y^{an},0} = \left\{\left.\sum_{e \in E_K} \alpha_e z^e \in \mathbb{C}[\kern-0.25em[ E_K]\kern-0.25em] \ \right|\ \mathrm{sup}_{e \in E_K \setminus 0} \left\{ \frac{\mathrm{log} |\alpha_e|}{h(e)} \right\} < \infty \right\}. \end{align} $$
Lemma 7.14. Let 
 $(V,\langle \cdot , \cdot \rangle )$
 be a finite-dimensional
$(V,\langle \cdot , \cdot \rangle )$
 be a finite-dimensional 
 $\mathbb {C}$
-vector space with a Hermitian inner product. For every
$\mathbb {C}$
-vector space with a Hermitian inner product. For every 
 $e \in E_K$
, let
$e \in E_K$
, let 
 $V_e \subset V$
 be vector subspaces so that
$V_e \subset V$
 be vector subspaces so that 
 $$ \begin{align*}\tilde V := \bigoplus_{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot V_e \subset V[E_K]\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\tilde V := \bigoplus_{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot V_e \subset V[E_K]\end{align*} $$
is a 
 $\mathbb {C}[E_K]$
-module. Assume moreover that
$\mathbb {C}[E_K]$
-module. Assume moreover that 
 $V_e \subset V$
 depends only on the set
$V_e \subset V$
 depends only on the set 
 $F(e) := \{H \subset P \ \text {a facet} \ | \ Q \subset H, e \in H\}$
. Set
$F(e) := \{H \subset P \ \text {a facet} \ | \ Q \subset H, e \in H\}$
. Set 
 $V[\kern -0.25em[ E_K ]\kern -0.25em] := \prod _{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot V_e$
 and
$V[\kern -0.25em[ E_K ]\kern -0.25em] := \prod _{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot V_e$
 and 
 $\mathcal {V}^{an}:=\tilde V\otimes _{\mathbb {C}[E_K]} \mathcal {O}_{Y^{an}}$
. We find its stalk at the origin to be
$\mathcal {V}^{an}:=\tilde V\otimes _{\mathbb {C}[E_K]} \mathcal {O}_{Y^{an}}$
. We find its stalk at the origin to be 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{V}^{an}_0 \cong \left\{\left. \sum_{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot v_e \in V[\kern-0.25em[ E_K ]\kern-0.25em] \ \right|\ \mathrm{sup}_{e \in E_K \setminus 0} \left\{ \frac{\mathrm{log}\ \| v_e\| }{h(e)} \right\} < \infty \right\}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{V}^{an}_0 \cong \left\{\left. \sum_{e \in E_K} z^e \cdot v_e \in V[\kern-0.25em[ E_K ]\kern-0.25em] \ \right|\ \mathrm{sup}_{e \in E_K \setminus 0} \left\{ \frac{\mathrm{log}\ \| v_e\| }{h(e)} \right\} < \infty \right\}.\end{align*} $$
Proof. The set of possible 
 $F(e)$
 is finite, so there is only a finite set of different
$F(e)$
 is finite, so there is only a finite set of different 
 $V_e$
. Choosing orthonormal bases for all
$V_e$
. Choosing orthonormal bases for all 
 $V_e$
 allows reducing the assertion to (7.6). We leave the technical details to the reader.
$V_e$
 allows reducing the assertion to (7.6). We leave the technical details to the reader.
8. Base Change of Differentials for Log Toroidal Families
Definition 8.1 BC
 We say that a generically log smooth morphism 
 $f\colon X\to S$
 satisfies the base change property if for every strict morphism
$f\colon X\to S$
 satisfies the base change property if for every strict morphism 
 $T\to S$
 of Noetherian fs log schemes,
$T\to S$
 of Noetherian fs log schemes, 
 $m\in \mathbb {Z}$
 and c the map given by the Cartesian diagram
$m\in \mathbb {Z}$
 and c the map given by the Cartesian diagram

the sheaf 
 $c^*W^m_{X/S}$
 is reflexive or, equivalently, the natural map
$c^*W^m_{X/S}$
 is reflexive or, equivalently, the natural map 
 $c^*W^m_{X/S} \to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism.
$c^*W^m_{X/S} \to W^m_{Y/T}$
 is an isomorphism.
Theorem 8.2 Base Change over Fields
 Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a log toroidal family over a field
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a log toroidal family over a field 
 $\Bbbk $
; then f satisfies (BC).
$\Bbbk $
; then f satisfies (BC).
Proof. This follows directly from the local statement Corollary 7.9.
Theorem 8.3 Generic Base Change
 Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a log toroidal family. Then there is a finite set of prime numbers
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a log toroidal family. Then there is a finite set of prime numbers 
 $p_1,\ldots , p_N \in \mathbb {Z}$
 so that if
$p_1,\ldots , p_N \in \mathbb {Z}$
 so that if 
 $f^\circ \colon X^\circ \to S^\circ $
 is obtained from f by inverting
$f^\circ \colon X^\circ \to S^\circ $
 is obtained from f by inverting 
 $p_1,\ldots ,p_N$
 (i.e., base change to
$p_1,\ldots ,p_N$
 (i.e., base change to 
 $\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}_{p_1...p_N}$
), then
$\operatorname {Spec}\mathbb {Z}_{p_1...p_N}$
), then 
 $f^\circ $
 satisfies (BC).
$f^\circ $
 satisfies (BC).
Proof. Again, this follows directly from the local statement Corollary 7.10 combined with the fact that we can use a finite cover by local models.
An application of the above theorems is the following lemma, which is crucial for the degeneration of the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequence.
Lemma 8.4. cf. [Reference Illusie29, Proposition 6.6]
 Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family with S affine, and let
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family with S affine, and let 
 $b\colon T \to S$
 with T affine. Assume that
$b\colon T \to S$
 with T affine. Assume that 
 $c^*W^m_{X/S} = W^m_{Y/T}$
 holds for all m. Then we have isomorphisms
$c^*W^m_{X/S} = W^m_{Y/T}$
 holds for all m. Then we have isomorphisms 
 $$ \begin{align} Lb^*Rf_*W^p_{X/S} &\to Rg_*W^p_{Y/T} \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} Lb^*Rf_*W^p_{X/S} &\to Rg_*W^p_{Y/T} \end{align} $$
 $$ \begin{align} Lb^*Rf_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S} &\to Rg_*W^{\bullet}_{Y/T} \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} Lb^*Rf_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S} &\to Rg_*W^{\bullet}_{Y/T} \end{align} $$
in 
 $D^b(T)$
. If, for fixed p, all
$D^b(T)$
. If, for fixed p, all 
 $R^qf_*W^p_{X/S}$
 are locally free of constant rank, then (8.1) induces an isomorphism
$R^qf_*W^p_{X/S}$
 are locally free of constant rank, then (8.1) induces an isomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}b^*R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} \xrightarrow{\cong} R^qg_*W^p_{Y/T}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}b^*R^qf_*W^p_{X/S} \xrightarrow{\cong} R^qg_*W^p_{Y/T}.\end{align*} $$
If, for all n, the sheaf 
 $R^nf_*W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 is locally free of constant rank, then (8.2) induces an isomorphism
$R^nf_*W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
 is locally free of constant rank, then (8.2) induces an isomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}b^*R^nf_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S} \xrightarrow{\cong} R^ng_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}b^*R^nf_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S} \xrightarrow{\cong} R^ng_*W^{\bullet}_{X/S}.\end{align*} $$
Proof. Because 
 $W^m_{X/S}$
 is flat over S – this is Corollary 7.4 – the proof becomes identical to that in [Reference Illusie29, Proposition 6.6].
$W^m_{X/S}$
 is flat over S – this is Corollary 7.4 – the proof becomes identical to that in [Reference Illusie29, Proposition 6.6].
9. Spreading Out Log Toroidal Families
 We fix a sharp toric monoid Q, a field 
 $\Bbbk \supset \mathbb {Q}$
 and set
$\Bbbk \supset \mathbb {Q}$
 and set 
 $S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to \Bbbk )$
 where the map
$S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to \Bbbk )$
 where the map 
 $Q \to \Bbbk $
 is
$Q \to \Bbbk $
 is 
 $q\mapsto 0$
 except
$q\mapsto 0$
 except 
 $0\mapsto 1$
. We choose distinct subrings
$0\mapsto 1$
. We choose distinct subrings 
 $B_\lambda \subset \Bbbk $
 for all
$B_\lambda \subset \Bbbk $
 for all 
 $\lambda $
 in some index set
$\lambda $
 in some index set 
 $\Lambda $
 so that any two
$\Lambda $
 so that any two 
 $B_{\lambda _1}\!, B_{\lambda _2}$
 are both contained in a third
$B_{\lambda _1}\!, B_{\lambda _2}$
 are both contained in a third 
 $B_{\lambda }$
. We say
$B_{\lambda }$
. We say 
 $\lambda _1\le \lambda _2$
 if
$\lambda _1\le \lambda _2$
 if 
 $B_{\lambda _1}\subset B_{\lambda _2}$
. Furthermore, we require
$B_{\lambda _1}\subset B_{\lambda _2}$
. Furthermore, we require 
 $\varinjlim _\lambda B_\lambda = \Bbbk $
 and that each
$\varinjlim _\lambda B_\lambda = \Bbbk $
 and that each 
 $B_\lambda $
 is of finite type over
$B_\lambda $
 is of finite type over 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
. We get log schemes
$\mathbb {Z}$
. We get log schemes 
 $S_\lambda = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B_\lambda )$
 each with a strict map
$S_\lambda = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B_\lambda )$
 each with a strict map 
 $S\to S_\lambda $
 and, in fact,
$S\to S_\lambda $
 and, in fact, 
 $S=\varprojlim _\lambda S_\lambda $
.
$S=\varprojlim _\lambda S_\lambda $
.
Proposition 9.1. Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a log toroidal family of relative dimension
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a log toroidal family of relative dimension 
 $d=\operatorname {rk}{\Omega ^1_{U/S}}$
. Then there is
$d=\operatorname {rk}{\Omega ^1_{U/S}}$
. Then there is 
 $\lambda \in \Lambda $
 and a log toroidal family
$\lambda \in \Lambda $
 and a log toroidal family 
 $f_\lambda \colon X_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
, so that f is obtained by base change from
$f_\lambda \colon X_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
, so that f is obtained by base change from 
 $f_\lambda $
; that is, there is a Cartesian square
$f_\lambda $
; that is, there is a Cartesian square

If f is separated and/or proper, we can assume 
 $f_\lambda $
 to be so, too.
$f_\lambda $
 to be so, too.
Proof. By [Reference Grothendieck25, Theorem 8.8.2 (ii)], [Reference Grothendieck25, Theorem 8.10.5] and [Reference Grothendieck25, Theorem 11.2.6 (ii)] we can find a 
 $\lambda \in \Lambda $
 and a morphism
$\lambda \in \Lambda $
 and a morphism 
 $f_\lambda \colon X_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
 that is finitely presented and flat and an isomorphism
$f_\lambda \colon X_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
 that is finitely presented and flat and an isomorphism 
 $S \times _{S_\lambda } X_\lambda \cong X$
 over S. If
$S \times _{S_\lambda } X_\lambda \cong X$
 over S. If 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 is separated respective proper, we can choose
$f\colon X \to S$
 is separated respective proper, we can choose 
 $f_\lambda $
 moreover separated respective proper. Using [Reference Grothendieck25, Corollaire 12.1.7(iii)] and [Reference Grothendieck25, Theorem 8.10.5], we can choose
$f_\lambda $
 moreover separated respective proper. Using [Reference Grothendieck25, Corollaire 12.1.7(iii)] and [Reference Grothendieck25, Theorem 8.10.5], we can choose 
 $\lambda $
 such that
$\lambda $
 such that 
 $f_\lambda $
 is a Cohen–Macaulay morphism. Because these decompose disjointly over the relative codimension, again by increasing
$f_\lambda $
 is a Cohen–Macaulay morphism. Because these decompose disjointly over the relative codimension, again by increasing 
 $\lambda $
 if needed, we may assume that
$\lambda $
 if needed, we may assume that 
 $f_\lambda $
 has relative dimension d.
$f_\lambda $
 has relative dimension d.
 We next spread out U such that 
 $U_\lambda \subset X_\lambda $
 satisfies (CC). We do this by spreading out its complement Z. Indeed, by [47, 05M5, Lemma 31.16.1], we can increase
$U_\lambda \subset X_\lambda $
 satisfies (CC). We do this by spreading out its complement Z. Indeed, by [47, 05M5, Lemma 31.16.1], we can increase 
 $\lambda $
 so that every fibre of
$\lambda $
 so that every fibre of 
 $Z_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
 has dimension
$Z_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
 has dimension 
 $\leq d - 2$
 and then define
$\leq d - 2$
 and then define 
 $U_\lambda :=X_\lambda \setminus Z_\lambda $
.
$U_\lambda :=X_\lambda \setminus Z_\lambda $
.
 Now a straightforward generalisation of the method of [Reference Tsuji48, Lemma 4.11.1] yields that, for appropriate 
 $\lambda $
, we can find a log structure on
$\lambda $
, we can find a log structure on 
 $U_\lambda $
 and upgrade
$U_\lambda $
 and upgrade 
 $f_\lambda $
 to a log morphism such that
$f_\lambda $
 to a log morphism such that 
 $U_\lambda $
 is fs and
$U_\lambda $
 is fs and 
 $f_\lambda $
 is log smooth and saturated. More precisely, we choose an affine étale cover
$f_\lambda $
 is log smooth and saturated. More precisely, we choose an affine étale cover 
 $\{U_i\}_i$
 of U such that
$\{U_i\}_i$
 of U such that 
 $U_i \to S$
 admits a local model by a saturated morphism
$U_i \to S$
 admits a local model by a saturated morphism 
 $\theta _i\colon Q \to P_i$
 of monoids; the local model remains a local model for an appropriate spread-out
$\theta _i\colon Q \to P_i$
 of monoids; the local model remains a local model for an appropriate spread-out 
 $U_{i,\lambda } \to S_\lambda $
 (for appropriate
$U_{i,\lambda } \to S_\lambda $
 (for appropriate 
 $\lambda $
), which thus carries the structure of a saturated log smooth morphism to
$\lambda $
), which thus carries the structure of a saturated log smooth morphism to 
 $S_{\lambda }$
. At this point, the
$S_{\lambda }$
. At this point, the 
 $U_{i,\lambda }$
 might not cover
$U_{i,\lambda }$
 might not cover 
 $U_\lambda $
, the log structures on
$U_\lambda $
, the log structures on 
 $U_{i,\lambda }$
 might not coincide on overlaps, and even if this was the case, we might not have a log morphism to
$U_{i,\lambda }$
 might not coincide on overlaps, and even if this was the case, we might not have a log morphism to 
 $S_\lambda $
. We achieve all of this by increasing
$S_\lambda $
. We achieve all of this by increasing 
 $\lambda $
.
$\lambda $
.
 Finally – again by possibly increasing 
 $\lambda $
 – we show that the family
$\lambda $
 – we show that the family 
 $f_\lambda \colon X_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
 is log toroidal. We fix a finite covering
$f_\lambda \colon X_\lambda \to S_\lambda $
 is log toroidal. We fix a finite covering 
 $\{V_i \to X\}$
 with local models
$\{V_i \to X\}$
 with local models 
 $(Q\subset P_i, \mathcal {F}_i)$
 as in Definition 4.1, and for each of them we construct a diagram as in Figure 9.1. Namely, we first spread out
$(Q\subset P_i, \mathcal {F}_i)$
 as in Definition 4.1, and for each of them we construct a diagram as in Figure 9.1. Namely, we first spread out 
 $V_i \to S$
 to
$V_i \to S$
 to 
 $V_{i,\lambda } \to S_\lambda $
. Then
$V_{i,\lambda } \to S_\lambda $
. Then 
 $L_{i,\lambda }$
 is defined by base change, and we construct the étale morphisms of schemes
$L_{i,\lambda }$
 is defined by base change, and we construct the étale morphisms of schemes 
 $g_\lambda \colon V_{i,\lambda } \to X_\lambda $
 and
$g_\lambda \colon V_{i,\lambda } \to X_\lambda $
 and 
 $h_\lambda \colon V_{i,\lambda } \to L_{i,\lambda }$
 also by spreading out. We can assume that
$h_\lambda \colon V_{i,\lambda } \to L_{i,\lambda }$
 also by spreading out. We can assume that 
 $X_\lambda $
 is covered by
$X_\lambda $
 is covered by 
 $\{V_{i,\lambda } \to X_\lambda \}$
 and that
$\{V_{i,\lambda } \to X_\lambda \}$
 and that 
 $\tilde U_i \subset V_i$
 spreads out to an open
$\tilde U_i \subset V_i$
 spreads out to an open 
 $\tilde U_{i,\lambda } \subset V_{i,\lambda }$
 satisfying (CC). We get two log structures
$\tilde U_{i,\lambda } \subset V_{i,\lambda }$
 satisfying (CC). We get two log structures 
 $(g_\lambda )^*_{log}\mathcal {M}_{X_\lambda }$
 and
$(g_\lambda )^*_{log}\mathcal {M}_{X_\lambda }$
 and 
 $(h_\lambda )^*_{log}\mathcal {M}_{L_{i,\lambda }}$
 on
$(h_\lambda )^*_{log}\mathcal {M}_{L_{i,\lambda }}$
 on 
 $\tilde U_{i,\lambda }$
, which we identify by [Reference Tsuji48, Sublemma 4.11.3]. By the same sublemma, the two morphisms
$\tilde U_{i,\lambda }$
, which we identify by [Reference Tsuji48, Sublemma 4.11.3]. By the same sublemma, the two morphisms 
 $(g \circ f)^*_{log}\mathcal {M}_{S_\lambda } \to \mathcal {M}_{\tilde U_{i,\lambda }}$
 coming from
$(g \circ f)^*_{log}\mathcal {M}_{S_\lambda } \to \mathcal {M}_{\tilde U_{i,\lambda }}$
 coming from 
 $f_\lambda \circ g_\lambda $
 respectively
$f_\lambda \circ g_\lambda $
 respectively 
 $r_\lambda \circ h_\lambda $
 coincide. Because
$r_\lambda \circ h_\lambda $
 coincide. Because 
 $\{V_i \to X\}$
 is a finite covering, we can find
$\{V_i \to X\}$
 is a finite covering, we can find 
 $\lambda $
 that admits the above construction for all
$\lambda $
 that admits the above construction for all 
 $V_i$
 simultaneously.
$V_i$
 simultaneously.

Figure 9.1 The diagram constructed in the text.
10. The Cartier Isomorphism
 In this section, we define the Cartier homomorphism for a generically log smooth family 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 in characteristic
$f\colon X \to S$
 in characteristic 
 $p>0$
. We then prove that it is an isomorphism if f is log toroidal. Similar to [Reference Blickle5], we first study the situation on U and then examine its extension to all of X. Let
$p>0$
. We then prove that it is an isomorphism if f is log toroidal. Similar to [Reference Blickle5], we first study the situation on U and then examine its extension to all of X. Let 
 $F_S\colon S \to S$
 be the absolute log Frobenius on the base; that is, given by taking pth power in
$F_S\colon S \to S$
 be the absolute log Frobenius on the base; that is, given by taking pth power in 
 $\mathcal {M}_S$
 and
$\mathcal {M}_S$
 and 
 $\mathcal {O}_S$
 respectively, we similarly define
$\mathcal {O}_S$
 respectively, we similarly define 
 $F_X\colon X\to X$
. We define
$F_X\colon X\to X$
. We define 
 $f'\colon X'\to S$
 and the relative Frobenius F by the Cartesian square
$f'\colon X'\to S$
 and the relative Frobenius F by the Cartesian square

Set 
 $U':=s^{-1}(U)$
 and
$U':=s^{-1}(U)$
 and 
 $Z'=X'\setminus U'$
.
$Z'=X'\setminus U'$
.
Theorem 10.1 [Reference Kato32]
 We have a canonical (Cartier) isomorphism of 
 $\mathcal {O}_{U'}$
-modules
$\mathcal {O}_{U'}$
-modules 
 $$ \begin{align*}C^{-1}_{U} \colon \Omega^m_{U'/S} \to \mathcal{H}^m(F_{*}\Omega^{\bullet}_{U/S}),\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}C^{-1}_{U} \colon \Omega^m_{U'/S} \to \mathcal{H}^m(F_{*}\Omega^{\bullet}_{U/S}),\end{align*} $$
which is compatible with 
 $\wedge $
 and satisfies
$\wedge $
 and satisfies 
 $C^{-1}(a) = F^*(a)$
 for
$C^{-1}(a) = F^*(a)$
 for 
 $a \in \mathcal {O}_{X'}$
 and
$a \in \mathcal {O}_{X'}$
 and 
 $C^{-1}(\operatorname {dlog}(s^*q)) = \operatorname {dlog}(q)$
 for
$C^{-1}(\operatorname {dlog}(s^*q)) = \operatorname {dlog}(q)$
 for 
 $q \in \mathcal {M}_U$
.
$q \in \mathcal {M}_U$
.
Proof. This is [Reference Kato32, Theorem 4.12(1)] once we identify 
 $U''=U'$
: Kato considers the factorisation
$U''=U'$
: Kato considers the factorisation 
 $U\stackrel {g}\to U''\stackrel {h}\to (U')^{\operatorname {int}}\stackrel {i}\to U'$
 of
$U\stackrel {g}\to U''\stackrel {h}\to (U')^{\operatorname {int}}\stackrel {i}\to U'$
 of 
 $F|_U$
 where i is the integralisation of
$F|_U$
 where i is the integralisation of 
 $U'$
 and
$U'$
 and 
 $g\circ h$
 is the unique factorisation of this weakly purely inseparable morphism where h is étale and g purely inseparable, using [Reference Kato32, Proposition 4.10(2)]. Now i is an isomorphism because f is integral. By [Reference Ogus39, Corollary III.2.5.4], because
$g\circ h$
 is the unique factorisation of this weakly purely inseparable morphism where h is étale and g purely inseparable, using [Reference Kato32, Proposition 4.10(2)]. Now i is an isomorphism because f is integral. By [Reference Ogus39, Corollary III.2.5.4], because 
 $f\colon U \to S$
 is saturated,
$f\colon U \to S$
 is saturated, 
 $F\colon U\to U'$
 is exact. The uniqueness of the factorisation
$F\colon U\to U'$
 is exact. The uniqueness of the factorisation 
 $g\circ h$
 now implies that h is an isomorphism.
$g\circ h$
 now implies that h is an isomorphism.
 Because 
 $W^m_{X'/S}$
 is
$W^m_{X'/S}$
 is 
 $Z'$
-closed, pushing forward the inverse of
$Z'$
-closed, pushing forward the inverse of 
 $C^{-1}_{U}$
 to
$C^{-1}_{U}$
 to 
 $X'$
, we obtain a homomorphism
$X'$
, we obtain a homomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}C\colon \mathcal{H}^m(F_{*}W^{\bullet}_{X/S}) \to W^m_{X'/S},\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}C\colon \mathcal{H}^m(F_{*}W^{\bullet}_{X/S}) \to W^m_{X'/S},\end{align*} $$
which is an isomorphism on 
 $U'$
. We obtain the following lemma.
$U'$
. We obtain the following lemma.
Lemma 10.2. The map C is an isomorphism if and only if 
 $\mathcal {H}^m(F_{*}W^{\bullet }_{X/S})$
 is
$\mathcal {H}^m(F_{*}W^{\bullet }_{X/S})$
 is 
 $Z'$
-closed.
$Z'$
-closed.
Definition 10.3. We say that a generically log smooth family 
 $f\colon X\to S$
 in positive characteristic has the Cartier isomorphism property if C is an isomorphism for all
$f\colon X\to S$
 in positive characteristic has the Cartier isomorphism property if C is an isomorphism for all 
 $m\ge 0$
.
$m\ge 0$
.
 By Theorem 10.1, 
 $\mathcal {H}^m(F_{*}W^{\bullet }_{X/S})$
 is locally free on
$\mathcal {H}^m(F_{*}W^{\bullet }_{X/S})$
 is locally free on 
 $U'$
; hence, it is
$U'$
; hence, it is 
 $Z'$
-closed if and only if it is reflexive. Reflexivity can be checked étale locally.
$Z'$
-closed if and only if it is reflexive. Reflexivity can be checked étale locally.
Lemma 10.4. Let 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, let
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, let 
 $b\colon T \to A_Q$
 be strict with
$b\colon T \to A_Q$
 be strict with 
 $\underline T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\,$
 and consider the Cartesian diagram
$\underline T = \operatorname {Spec} \mathcal{T}\,$
 and consider the Cartesian diagram

Then 
 $\mathcal {H}^m(F_*W^{\bullet }_{Y/T})$
 is reflexive.
$\mathcal {H}^m(F_*W^{\bullet }_{Y/T})$
 is reflexive.
Corollary 10.5. Every log toroidal family 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 over
$f\colon X \to S$
 over 
 $\mathbb {F}_p$
 has the Cartier isomorphism property.
$\mathbb {F}_p$
 has the Cartier isomorphism property.
Proof Proof of Lemma 10.4
 Set 
 $V := c^{-1}(U_{P})$
 and let
$V := c^{-1}(U_{P})$
 and let 
 $Y', V'$
 be the base changes by the absolute Frobenius
$Y', V'$
 be the base changes by the absolute Frobenius 
 $F_T$
. Let
$F_T$
. Let 
 $F\colon Y \to Y'$
 be the relative Frobenius. Inspired by the Frobenius decomposition [Reference Deligne and Illusie13, Theorem 2.1], we construct a homomorphism
$F\colon Y \to Y'$
 be the relative Frobenius. Inspired by the Frobenius decomposition [Reference Deligne and Illusie13, Theorem 2.1], we construct a homomorphism 
 $\phi ^{\bullet } : \bigoplus _{m} W^m_{Y'/T}[-m] \to F_*W^{\bullet }_{Y/T}$
 of complexes of
$\phi ^{\bullet } : \bigoplus _{m} W^m_{Y'/T}[-m] \to F_*W^{\bullet }_{Y/T}$
 of complexes of 
 $\mathcal {O}_{Y'}$
-modules that induces an isomorphism in cohomology. Because the left-hand side has zero differentials, the assertion then follows from the reflexivity of
$\mathcal {O}_{Y'}$
-modules that induces an isomorphism in cohomology. Because the left-hand side has zero differentials, the assertion then follows from the reflexivity of 
 $W^m_{Y'/T}$
 given by Lemma 2.4.
$W^m_{Y'/T}$
 given by Lemma 2.4.
 Similar to Subsection 7.1, we find explicitly that 
 $R' := \Gamma (Y',\mathcal {O}_{Y'}) = \bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot \mathcal{T}\,$
 with
$R' := \Gamma (Y',\mathcal {O}_{Y'}) = \bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot \mathcal{T}\,$
 with 
 $$ \begin{align*}z^{e_1} \cdot z^{e_2} = z^e \cdot \sigma(q)^p \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad e_1 + e_2 = e + q\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}z^{e_1} \cdot z^{e_2} = z^e \cdot \sigma(q)^p \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad e_1 + e_2 = e + q\end{align*} $$
with 
 $e \in E, q \in Q$
. We have
$e \in E, q \in Q$
. We have 
 $s^*(z^e \cdot t) = z^e \cdot t^p$
 and
$s^*(z^e \cdot t) = z^e \cdot t^p$
 and 
 $F^*(z^e \cdot t) = z^{p \cdot e} \cdot t$
. After writing
$F^*(z^e \cdot t) = z^{p \cdot e} \cdot t$
. After writing 
 $W^m_e := (W^m_f)_e \otimes _{\mathbb {F}_p} \mathcal{T}\,$
, the module
$W^m_e := (W^m_f)_e \otimes _{\mathbb {F}_p} \mathcal{T}\,$
, the module 
 $\Gamma (Y', W^m_{Y'/T})$
 is given by the
$\Gamma (Y', W^m_{Y'/T})$
 is given by the 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
-module
$\mathcal{T}\,$
-module 
 $\bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot W^m_e$
 on which
$\bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot W^m_e$
 on which 
 $R'$
 acts as
$R'$
 acts as 
 $$ \begin{align*}(z^{e_1} \cdot t_1) \cdot [z^{e_2} \cdot (w \otimes t_2)] = z^{e} \cdot (w \otimes \sigma( q)^pt_1t_2) \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad e_1 + e_2 = e + q\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(z^{e_1} \cdot t_1) \cdot [z^{e_2} \cdot (w \otimes t_2)] = z^{e} \cdot (w \otimes \sigma( q)^pt_1t_2) \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad e_1 + e_2 = e + q\end{align*} $$
with 
 $e \in E, q \in Q$
. Similarly,
$e \in E, q \in Q$
. Similarly, 
 $\Gamma (Y',F_*W^m_{Y/T})$
 is given by the same
$\Gamma (Y',F_*W^m_{Y/T})$
 is given by the same 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
-module, however now with
$\mathcal{T}\,$
-module, however now with 
 $R'$
 acting via
$R'$
 acting via 
 $F^*$
 as
$F^*$
 as 
 $$ \begin{align*}(z^{e_1} \cdot t_1) \cdot [z^{e_2} \cdot (w \otimes t_2)] = z^{e} \cdot (w \otimes \sigma(q)t_1t_2) \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad p \cdot e_1 + e_2 = e + q.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(z^{e_1} \cdot t_1) \cdot [z^{e_2} \cdot (w \otimes t_2)] = z^{e} \cdot (w \otimes \sigma(q)t_1t_2) \quad \mathrm{whenever} \quad p \cdot e_1 + e_2 = e + q.\end{align*} $$
Note the subtle difference. The differential on 
 $F_*W^{\bullet }_{Y/T}$
 is given by
$F_*W^{\bullet }_{Y/T}$
 is given by 
 $d(z^e \cdot (w \otimes t)) = z^e \cdot ([e] \wedge w \otimes t)$
. We define
$d(z^e \cdot (w \otimes t)) = z^e \cdot ([e] \wedge w \otimes t)$
. We define 
 $$ \begin{align*}\phi^{\bullet} \colon \bigoplus_{m} W^m_{Y'/T}[-m] \to F_*W^{\bullet}_{Y/T}, \quad z^e \cdot (w \otimes t) \mapsto z^{p \cdot e} \cdot (w \otimes t),\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\phi^{\bullet} \colon \bigoplus_{m} W^m_{Y'/T}[-m] \to F_*W^{\bullet}_{Y/T}, \quad z^e \cdot (w \otimes t) \mapsto z^{p \cdot e} \cdot (w \otimes t),\end{align*} $$
and claim that 
 $\mathcal {H}^m(\phi ^{\bullet })$
 is an isomorphism. Indeed, first note that
$\mathcal {H}^m(\phi ^{\bullet })$
 is an isomorphism. Indeed, first note that 
 $\phi ^{\bullet }$
 itself is injective. Then set
$\phi ^{\bullet }$
 itself is injective. Then set 
 $E_p = \{p \cdot e | e \in E\}$
. We have
$E_p = \{p \cdot e | e \in E\}$
. We have 
 $\mathrm {im}(\phi ^m) = \bigoplus _{e \in E_p} z^e \cdot W^m_e$
 because
$\mathrm {im}(\phi ^m) = \bigoplus _{e \in E_p} z^e \cdot W^m_e$
 because 
 $W^m_e=W^{m}_{e/p}$
 for
$W^m_e=W^{m}_{e/p}$
 for 
 $e\in E_p$
 by Proposition 7.3. Denoting the coboundaries of
$e\in E_p$
 by Proposition 7.3. Denoting the coboundaries of 
 $F_*W^m_{Y/T}$
 by
$F_*W^m_{Y/T}$
 by 
 $B^m$
, we have
$B^m$
, we have 
 $\mathrm {im}(\phi ^m) \cap B^m = 0$
 because
$\mathrm {im}(\phi ^m) \cap B^m = 0$
 because 
 $0 = [e] \in W^1_e$
 for
$0 = [e] \in W^1_e$
 for 
 $e \in E_p$
 because
$e \in E_p$
 because 
 $e=pe'$
 and p is zero in
$e=pe'$
 and p is zero in 
 $\mathcal{T}\,$
. This readily gives that
$\mathcal{T}\,$
. This readily gives that 
 $\mathcal {H}^m(\phi ^{\bullet })$
 is injective. For surjectivity, if
$\mathcal {H}^m(\phi ^{\bullet })$
 is injective. For surjectivity, if 
 $e \notin E_p$
, observe that
$e \notin E_p$
, observe that 
 $[e] \not = 0$
, so if
$[e] \not = 0$
, so if 
 $w \in W^m_e$
, then
$w \in W^m_e$
, then 
 $[e] \wedge w = 0$
 if and only if there is some
$[e] \wedge w = 0$
 if and only if there is some 
 $w' \in W^{m - 1}_e$
 with
$w' \in W^{m - 1}_e$
 with 
 $[e] \wedge w' = w$
.
$[e] \wedge w' = w$
.
Remark 10.6. We believe that 
 $\mathcal {H}^m(\phi ^{\bullet })$
 is the log Cartier isomorphism on
$\mathcal {H}^m(\phi ^{\bullet })$
 is the log Cartier isomorphism on 
 $V'$
.
$V'$
.
11. The Decomposition of 
 $F_*W^{\bullet }_{X_0/S_0}$
$F_*W^{\bullet }_{X_0/S_0}$
 We prove a log version of the decomposition theorem [Reference Deligne and Illusie13, Theorem 2.1] in the setting of generically log smooth families. (We noticed that [Reference Deligne and Illusie13, Corollary 3.7] alias [Reference Illusie29] does not generalise well to the generically log smooth setting.) The assumption for 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 to be saturated on the log smooth locus allows a simpler approach than [Reference Kato32, Theorem 4.12]. Our setting is as follows: let k be a perfect field with
$f\colon X \to S$
 to be saturated on the log smooth locus allows a simpler approach than [Reference Kato32, Theorem 4.12]. Our setting is as follows: let k be a perfect field with 
 $\mathrm {char} \ k = p$
 (thus,
$\mathrm {char} \ k = p$
 (thus, 
 $\mathbb {Z}/p^2\mathbb {Z}\to W_2(k)$
 is flat), and let Q be a sharp toric monoid. Set
$\mathbb {Z}/p^2\mathbb {Z}\to W_2(k)$
 is flat), and let Q be a sharp toric monoid. Set 
 $S_0 = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to k)$
 and
$S_0 = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to k)$
 and 
 $S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to W_2(k))$
 where in both cases
$S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to W_2(k))$
 where in both cases 
 $Q \ni q \mapsto 0$
 except
$Q \ni q \mapsto 0$
 except 
 $0\mapsto 1$
. The Frobenius endomorphism on k becomes an endomorphism
$0\mapsto 1$
. The Frobenius endomorphism on k becomes an endomorphism 
 $F_0$
 of
$F_0$
 of 
 $S_0$
 via
$S_0$
 via 
 $Q\ni q\mapsto pq$
. Similarly, its lift to
$Q\ni q\mapsto pq$
. Similarly, its lift to 
 $W_2(k)$
 defined via
$W_2(k)$
 defined via 
 $(a_1, a_2) \mapsto (a_1^p, a_2^p)$
 becomesFootnote 
1
 an endomorphism
$(a_1, a_2) \mapsto (a_1^p, a_2^p)$
 becomesFootnote 
1
 an endomorphism 
 $F_S$
 of S that restricts to
$F_S$
 of S that restricts to 
 $F_0$
 on
$F_0$
 on 
 $S_0$
. Let
$S_0$
. Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a generically log smooth family and let
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a generically log smooth family and let 
 $f_0\colon X_0 \to S_0$
 be its restriction to
$f_0\colon X_0 \to S_0$
 be its restriction to 
 $S_0$
. We consider the commutative diagram of generically log smooth families as in Figure 11.1, where
$S_0$
. We consider the commutative diagram of generically log smooth families as in Figure 11.1, where 
 $X^{\prime }_0, X'$
 are defined by requiring the front and back square to be Cartesian and F is the relative Frobenius; that is, F is induced by the back square’s Cartesianness using the Frobenius endomorphisms on
$X^{\prime }_0, X'$
 are defined by requiring the front and back square to be Cartesian and F is the relative Frobenius; that is, F is induced by the back square’s Cartesianness using the Frobenius endomorphisms on 
 $X_0$
 and
$X_0$
 and 
 $S_0$
. Because X does not have a Frobenius, we do not easily obtain the dotted arrow G in a similar way and in general it does not exist globally. We call a locally defined morphism G that fits into the diagram a local Frobenius lifting. Because the (Zariski or étale) topologies are identified along F and i, we can define Frobenius liftings simply at the level of sheaves:
$S_0$
. Because X does not have a Frobenius, we do not easily obtain the dotted arrow G in a similar way and in general it does not exist globally. We call a locally defined morphism G that fits into the diagram a local Frobenius lifting. Because the (Zariski or étale) topologies are identified along F and i, we can define Frobenius liftings simply at the level of sheaves:

Figure 11.1 The diagram.
Definition 11.1. Let 
 $Y' \to X'$
 be an étale open. Then a Frobenius lifting
$Y' \to X'$
 be an étale open. Then a Frobenius lifting 
 $G\colon Y \to Y'$
 on
$G\colon Y \to Y'$
 on 
 $Y'$
 consists of a ring homomorphism
$Y'$
 consists of a ring homomorphism 
 $G^*\colon \mathcal {O}_{Y'} \to G_*\mathcal {O}_Y$
 yielding a morphism of schemes and a monoid homomorphism
$G^*\colon \mathcal {O}_{Y'} \to G_*\mathcal {O}_Y$
 yielding a morphism of schemes and a monoid homomorphism 
 $G^*\colon \mathcal {M}_{Y'}|_{V'} \to G_*\mathcal {M}_Y|_{V'}$
 defined on some
$G^*\colon \mathcal {M}_{Y'}|_{V'} \to G_*\mathcal {M}_Y|_{V'}$
 defined on some 
 $V' \subset Y'$
 satisfying
$V' \subset Y'$
 satisfying 
 $(CC)$
, yielding a log morphism. Two Frobenius liftings are considered equal if they are equal on some smaller (Zariski) open satisfying
$(CC)$
, yielding a log morphism. Two Frobenius liftings are considered equal if they are equal on some smaller (Zariski) open satisfying 
 $(CC)$
. The Frobenius liftings form an étale sheaf of sets
$(CC)$
. The Frobenius liftings form an étale sheaf of sets 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
.
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
.
Remark 11.2. We need the flexibility of 
 $V'$
 in the definition of
$V'$
 in the definition of 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 to construct Frobenius liftings from local models as they occur for log toroidal families. We will see below that we could have as well required the log part to be defined on
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 to construct Frobenius liftings from local models as they occur for log toroidal families. We will see below that we could have as well required the log part to be defined on 
 $Y' \cap U'$
; see the proof of Proposition 11.4.
$Y' \cap U'$
; see the proof of Proposition 11.4.
 Let 
 $j\colon U'\hookrightarrow X'$
 denote the pullback of
$j\colon U'\hookrightarrow X'$
 denote the pullback of 
 $U\subset X$
 and
$U\subset X$
 and 
 $Z'=X'\setminus U'$
. By Lemma 2.3,
$Z'=X'\setminus U'$
. By Lemma 2.3, 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X') = j_*(\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'})$
. Let
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X') = j_*(\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'})$
. Let 
 $\mathcal {I} \subset \mathcal {O}_X$
 be the ideal sheaf defining
$\mathcal {I} \subset \mathcal {O}_X$
 be the ideal sheaf defining 
 $X_0 \subset X$
; flatness gives
$X_0 \subset X$
; flatness gives 
 $\mathcal {I} = p \cdot \mathcal {O}_X \cong \mathcal {O}_{X_0}$
. Using
$\mathcal {I} = p \cdot \mathcal {O}_X \cong \mathcal {O}_{X_0}$
. Using 
 $\mathcal {I}^2=0$
, one checks that
$\mathcal {I}^2=0$
, one checks that 
 $F_*\mathcal {I}$
 is an
$F_*\mathcal {I}$
 is an 
 $\mathcal {O}_{X'}$
-module. Considering derivations on
$\mathcal {O}_{X'}$
-module. Considering derivations on 
 $U'$
 with values in
$U'$
 with values in 
 $F_*\mathcal {I}$
, we obtain a sheaf of groups
$F_*\mathcal {I}$
, we obtain a sheaf of groups 
 $\mathcal {G} := j_*\mathcal {D} er_{U'/S}(F_*\mathcal {I})=j_*\mathcal {H} om(\Omega ^1_{U'/S},F_*\mathcal {I})$
, which agrees with
$\mathcal {G} := j_*\mathcal {D} er_{U'/S}(F_*\mathcal {I})=j_*\mathcal {H} om(\Omega ^1_{U'/S},F_*\mathcal {I})$
, which agrees with 
 $\mathcal {H} om(W^1_{X'/S},F_*\mathcal {I})$
 because
$\mathcal {H} om(W^1_{X'/S},F_*\mathcal {I})$
 because 
 $F_*\mathcal {I}$
 is
$F_*\mathcal {I}$
 is 
 $Z'$
-closed by Lemma 2.3.
$Z'$
-closed by Lemma 2.3.
Lemma 11.3. The restriction 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'}$
 is a
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'}$
 is a 
 $\mathcal {G}|_{U'}$
-torsor; hence,
$\mathcal {G}|_{U'}$
-torsor; hence, 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a 
 $\mathcal {G}$
-pseudo-torsor.
$\mathcal {G}$
-pseudo-torsor.
Proof. Let 
 $\mathcal {D}$
 be the sheaf of sets on
$\mathcal {D}$
 be the sheaf of sets on 
 $U'$
 given by étale local deformations of the diagram
$U'$
 given by étale local deformations of the diagram

in the sense of [Reference Ogus39, Definition IV.2.2.1]; that is, 
 $\mathcal {D}$
 is the sheaf of morphisms
$\mathcal {D}$
 is the sheaf of morphisms 
 $U \to U'$
 making the diagram commute. The sheaf
$U \to U'$
 making the diagram commute. The sheaf 
 $\mathcal {D}$
 is a
$\mathcal {D}$
 is a 
 $\mathcal {G}|_{U'}$
-pseudo-torsor by [Reference Ogus39, Theorem IV.2.2.2] and because
$\mathcal {G}|_{U'}$
-pseudo-torsor by [Reference Ogus39, Theorem IV.2.2.2] and because 
 $f'\colon U' \to S$
 is smooth, it is a torsor. Because
$f'\colon U' \to S$
 is smooth, it is a torsor. Because 
 $\Omega ^1_{U'/S}$
 is locally free,
$\Omega ^1_{U'/S}$
 is locally free, 
 $\mathcal {D}$
 is locally isomorphic to
$\mathcal {D}$
 is locally isomorphic to 
 $(F_*\mathcal {I})^{\oplus d}$
. By Lemma 2.3,
$(F_*\mathcal {I})^{\oplus d}$
. By Lemma 2.3, 
 $\mathcal {D}$
 is
$\mathcal {D}$
 is 
 $\tilde Z$
-closed for every
$\tilde Z$
-closed for every 
 $\tilde Z \subset X'$
 satisfying
$\tilde Z \subset X'$
 satisfying 
 $\mathrm {codim}(\tilde Z, X')\ge 2$
. By this property, the obvious homomorphism
$\mathrm {codim}(\tilde Z, X')\ge 2$
. By this property, the obvious homomorphism 
 $\mathcal {D} \to \mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'}$
 is an isomorphism of sheaves of sets making
$\mathcal {D} \to \mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'}$
 is an isomorphism of sheaves of sets making 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'}$
 a
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')|_{U'}$
 a 
 $\mathcal {G}|_{U'}$
-torsor.
$\mathcal {G}|_{U'}$
-torsor.
Proposition 11.4. Let 
 $Y' \to X'$
 be an étale open and
$Y' \to X'$
 be an étale open and 
 $G\colon Y \to Y'$
 a local Frobenius lifting. Then there is a canonical homomorphism of complexes
$G\colon Y \to Y'$
 a local Frobenius lifting. Then there is a canonical homomorphism of complexes 
 $$ \begin{align*}\phi_G\colon W^1_{Y_0'/S_0}[-1] \to F_*W^{\bullet}_{Y_0/S_0}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\phi_G\colon W^1_{Y_0'/S_0}[-1] \to F_*W^{\bullet}_{Y_0/S_0}\end{align*} $$
inducing the Cartier isomorphism in first cohomology on 
 $U_0' \cap Y_0'$
. If
$U_0' \cap Y_0'$
. If 
 $h \in \mathcal {G}(Y')$
, then
$h \in \mathcal {G}(Y')$
, then 
 $\phi _G$
 and
$\phi _G$
 and 
 $\phi _{h \cdot G}$
 are related by
$\phi _{h \cdot G}$
 are related by 
 $$ \begin{align*}\phi_{h \cdot G} = \phi_G + (F_*d) \circ \tilde h\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\phi_{h \cdot G} = \phi_G + (F_*d) \circ \tilde h\end{align*} $$
where 
 $\tilde h\colon W^1_{Y_0'/S_0} \to F_*\mathcal {I} \cong F_*W^0_{Y_0/S_0}$
 is the induced homomorphism.
$\tilde h\colon W^1_{Y_0'/S_0} \to F_*\mathcal {I} \cong F_*W^0_{Y_0/S_0}$
 is the induced homomorphism.
Proof. We choose 
 $V'=U'\cap Y'$
 for the representative of G. The straightforward log version of the construction of [Reference Illusie29, Proposition 3.8] yields a homomorphism
$V'=U'\cap Y'$
 for the representative of G. The straightforward log version of the construction of [Reference Illusie29, Proposition 3.8] yields a homomorphism 
 $\Omega ^1_{V^{\prime }_0/S_0} \to F_*\Omega ^1_{V_0/S_0}$
, and this has also been used implicitly by Kato in [Reference Kato32, Theorem 4.12]. Applying
$\Omega ^1_{V^{\prime }_0/S_0} \to F_*\Omega ^1_{V_0/S_0}$
, and this has also been used implicitly by Kato in [Reference Kato32, Theorem 4.12]. Applying 
 $j_*$
 yields
$j_*$
 yields 
 $(\phi _G)^1$
, and we define the other
$(\phi _G)^1$
, and we define the other 
 $(\phi _G)^m$
 to be
$(\phi _G)^m$
 to be 
 $0$
. The resulting
$0$
. The resulting 
 $\phi _G$
 does not depend on
$\phi _G$
 does not depend on 
 $V'$
 because the involved sheaves are
$V'$
 because the involved sheaves are 
 $\tilde Z$
-closed for every
$\tilde Z$
-closed for every 
 $\tilde Z \subset Y_0'$
 satisfying
$\tilde Z \subset Y_0'$
 satisfying 
 $\mathrm {codim}(\tilde Z, Y_0')\ge 2$
, so
$\mathrm {codim}(\tilde Z, Y_0')\ge 2$
, so 
 $\phi _G$
 is well defined. The construction yields that
$\phi _G$
 is well defined. The construction yields that 
 $\mathcal {H}^1(\phi _G)$
 is the Cartier isomorphism of Theorem 10.1 on
$\mathcal {H}^1(\phi _G)$
 is the Cartier isomorphism of Theorem 10.1 on 
 $V^{\prime }_0=U_0' \cap Y_0'$
. The second statement is similar to [Reference Illusie29, Lemma 5.4,(5.4.1)] except that we use the more elegant language of torsors (as already remarked in [Reference Deligne and Illusie13, Remark 2.2 (iii)]), which renders the analogue of [Reference Illusie29, Lemma 5.4,(5.4.2)] trivial.
$V^{\prime }_0=U_0' \cap Y_0'$
. The second statement is similar to [Reference Illusie29, Lemma 5.4,(5.4.1)] except that we use the more elegant language of torsors (as already remarked in [Reference Deligne and Illusie13, Remark 2.2 (iii)]), which renders the analogue of [Reference Illusie29, Lemma 5.4,(5.4.2)] trivial.
Theorem 11.5. Let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a generically log smooth family, assume that
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a generically log smooth family, assume that 
 $f_0\colon X_0 \to S_0$
 has the Cartier isomorphism property (Definition 10.3) and assume that
$f_0\colon X_0 \to S_0$
 has the Cartier isomorphism property (Definition 10.3) and assume that 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a 
 $\mathcal {G}$
-torsor. Then we have a quasi-isomorphism
$\mathcal {G}$
-torsor. Then we have a quasi-isomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}\bigoplus_{m < p} W^m_{X_0'/S_0}[-m] \to \tau_{<p}F_*W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\bigoplus_{m < p} W^m_{X_0'/S_0}[-m] \to \tau_{<p}F_*W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0}\end{align*} $$
in 
 $D^b(X_0')$
 where
$D^b(X_0')$
 where 
 $\tau _{<p}$
 means the truncation of a complex.
$\tau _{<p}$
 means the truncation of a complex.
Proof. Because 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a torsor, we can find an étale cover
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a torsor, we can find an étale cover 
 $\mathfrak Y = \{Y_{\alpha }'\}$
 of
$\mathfrak Y = \{Y_{\alpha }'\}$
 of 
 $X'$
 such that we have a local Frobenius lifting
$X'$
 such that we have a local Frobenius lifting 
 $G_{\alpha }\colon Y_{\alpha } \to Y_{\alpha }'$
. We obtain an induced cover
$G_{\alpha }\colon Y_{\alpha } \to Y_{\alpha }'$
. We obtain an induced cover 
 $\mathfrak Y_0$
 of
$\mathfrak Y_0$
 of 
 $X_0'$
. On the log smooth locus
$X_0'$
. On the log smooth locus 
 $U_0' \subset X_0'$
, we can apply an argument as implicitly used in [Reference Kato32, Theorem 4.12]: using Proposition 11.4, the gluing method of Step B in the proof of [Reference Illusie29, Theorem 5.1] yields a homomorphism
$U_0' \subset X_0'$
, we can apply an argument as implicitly used in [Reference Kato32, Theorem 4.12]: using Proposition 11.4, the gluing method of Step B in the proof of [Reference Illusie29, Theorem 5.1] yields a homomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}\varphi\colon \Omega^1_{U_0'/S_0}[-1] \to \check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}(\mathfrak Y_0 \cap U_0', F_*\Omega^{\bullet}_{U_0/S_0}) =: \check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_{U}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\varphi\colon \Omega^1_{U_0'/S_0}[-1] \to \check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}(\mathfrak Y_0 \cap U_0', F_*\Omega^{\bullet}_{U_0/S_0}) =: \check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_{U}\end{align*} $$
of complexes of sheaves where 
 $\check {\mathcal {C}}^{\bullet }(\mathfrak {U},\mathcal {F}^{\bullet })$
 refers to the total sheaf Čech complex for a cover
$\check {\mathcal {C}}^{\bullet }(\mathfrak {U},\mathcal {F}^{\bullet })$
 refers to the total sheaf Čech complex for a cover 
 $\mathfrak U$
 and a complex of sheaves
$\mathfrak U$
 and a complex of sheaves 
 $\mathcal {F}^{\bullet }$
. We also have the natural quasi-isomorphism
$\mathcal {F}^{\bullet }$
. We also have the natural quasi-isomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}\psi\colon F_*W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0} \to \check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}(\mathfrak Y_0,F_*W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0}).\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\psi\colon F_*W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0} \to \check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}(\mathfrak Y_0,F_*W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0}).\end{align*} $$
Using 
 $\psi $
 and that the question is local, Proposition 11.4 gives that
$\psi $
 and that the question is local, Proposition 11.4 gives that 
 $\varphi $
 induces the Cartier isomorphism on
$\varphi $
 induces the Cartier isomorphism on 
 $U_0'$
 for
$U_0'$
 for 
 $\mathcal {H}^1$
. Now let
$\mathcal {H}^1$
. Now let 
 $0 \leq m < p$
. With the antisymmetrisation map
$0 \leq m < p$
. With the antisymmetrisation map 
 $a_m\colon \Omega ^m_{U_0'/S_0}[-m] \to (\Omega ^1_{U_0'/S_0}[-1])^{\otimes m}$
 defined by
$a_m\colon \Omega ^m_{U_0'/S_0}[-m] \to (\Omega ^1_{U_0'/S_0}[-1])^{\otimes m}$
 defined by 
 $a_m(\omega _1\wedge ...\wedge \omega _m)=\frac 1{m!}\sum _{\sigma \in S_m} \operatorname {sgn}(\sigma )\omega _{\sigma (1)}\otimes ...\otimes \omega _{\sigma (m)}$
, we obtain a morphism
$a_m(\omega _1\wedge ...\wedge \omega _m)=\frac 1{m!}\sum _{\sigma \in S_m} \operatorname {sgn}(\sigma )\omega _{\sigma (1)}\otimes ...\otimes \omega _{\sigma (m)}$
, we obtain a morphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}\varphi^m\colon \Omega^m_{U_0'/S_0}[-m] \xrightarrow{a_m} (\Omega^1_{U_0'/S_0}[-1])^{\otimes m} \xrightarrow{\varphi^{\otimes m}} (\check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_U)^{\otimes m} \to \check{\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_U\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\varphi^m\colon \Omega^m_{U_0'/S_0}[-m] \xrightarrow{a_m} (\Omega^1_{U_0'/S_0}[-1])^{\otimes m} \xrightarrow{\varphi^{\otimes m}} (\check {\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_U)^{\otimes m} \to \check{\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_U\end{align*} $$
where the last map is induced by the wedge product on 
 $F_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U_0/S_0}$
. Note that the various
$F_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U_0/S_0}$
. Note that the various 
 $\varphi ^m$
 are compatible with the wedge product of
$\varphi ^m$
 are compatible with the wedge product of 
 $\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U_0'/S_0}$
 and of the cohomology of
$\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U_0'/S_0}$
 and of the cohomology of 
 $F_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U_0/S_0}$
; hence,
$F_*\Omega ^{\bullet }_{U_0/S_0}$
; hence, 
 $\varphi ^m$
 induces the Cartier isomorphism in cohomology. Taking the sum, we obtain a quasi-isomorphism
$\varphi ^m$
 induces the Cartier isomorphism in cohomology. Taking the sum, we obtain a quasi-isomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}\varphi^{\bullet}\colon \bigoplus_{m < p} \Omega^m_{U_0'/S_0}[-m] \to \tau_{<p}\check{\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_U.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\varphi^{\bullet}\colon \bigoplus_{m < p} \Omega^m_{U_0'/S_0}[-m] \to \tau_{<p}\check{\mathcal{C}}^{\bullet}_U.\end{align*} $$
Because 
 $j_*\check {\mathcal {C}}^{\bullet }_U = \check {\mathcal {C}}^{\bullet }(\mathfrak Y_0,F_*W^{\bullet }_{X_0/S_0})$
, we obtain the desired homomorphism in
$j_*\check {\mathcal {C}}^{\bullet }_U = \check {\mathcal {C}}^{\bullet }(\mathfrak Y_0,F_*W^{\bullet }_{X_0/S_0})$
, we obtain the desired homomorphism in 
 $D^b(X_0')$
 as
$D^b(X_0')$
 as 
 $\psi ^{-1} \circ j_*\varphi ^{\bullet }$
. It is a quasi-isomorphism because
$\psi ^{-1} \circ j_*\varphi ^{\bullet }$
. It is a quasi-isomorphism because 
 $f_0\colon X_0 \to S_0$
 has the Cartier isomorphism property by assumption.
$f_0\colon X_0 \to S_0$
 has the Cartier isomorphism property by assumption.
 We like to apply this theorem to the case of a log toroidal family. It remains only to show that 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a torsor.
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a torsor.
Proposition 11.6. In the above situation, assume 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 log toroidal with respect to
$f\colon X \to S$
 log toroidal with respect to 
 $S \to A_Q$
. Then
$S \to A_Q$
. Then 
 $\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a
$\mathcal {F} rob(X,X')$
 is a 
 $\mathcal {G}$
-torsor; that is, Frobenius liftings exist locally.
$\mathcal {G}$
-torsor; that is, Frobenius liftings exist locally.
Proof. Let 
 $(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD from a local model of
$(Q\subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD from a local model of 
 $f\colon X \to S$
, as given in (LM) with
$f\colon X \to S$
, as given in (LM) with 
 $S=\tilde S$
. Consider the diagram
$S=\tilde S$
. Consider the diagram

We claim that for the local existence of a Frobenius lifting, it suffices to show that there is a scheme morphism 
 $F\colon \underline L \to \underline L$
 that is the underlying morphism of a log morphism on
$F\colon \underline L \to \underline L$
 that is the underlying morphism of a log morphism on 
 $c^{-1}(U_{P})$
 such that the diagram commutes and the induced map
$c^{-1}(U_{P})$
 such that the diagram commutes and the induced map 
 $F \times _S S_0$
 on
$F \times _S S_0$
 on 
 $L_0 = L \times _S S_0$
 is the absolute Frobenius. Indeed, then F plays the role of an absolute Frobenius on L, and its induced relative Frobenius gives rise to a local Frobenius lifting on
$L_0 = L \times _S S_0$
 is the absolute Frobenius. Indeed, then F plays the role of an absolute Frobenius on L, and its induced relative Frobenius gives rise to a local Frobenius lifting on 
 $X'$
 via the local model.
$X'$
 via the local model.
 The scheme 
 $\underline L$
 is affine with
$\underline L$
 is affine with 
 $\mathcal {O}(L) = \bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot W_2(k)$
, allowing us to define
$\mathcal {O}(L) = \bigoplus _{e \in E} z^e \cdot W_2(k)$
, allowing us to define 
 $F\colon \underline L \to \underline L$
 via
$F\colon \underline L \to \underline L$
 via 
 $F^*(z^e \cdot w) := z^{pe} \cdot F_S^*(w)$
. It remains to extend F to the log structure on
$F^*(z^e \cdot w) := z^{pe} \cdot F_S^*(w)$
. It remains to extend F to the log structure on 
 $c^{-1}(U_{P})$
. Consider the maps of log schemes
$c^{-1}(U_{P})$
. Consider the maps of log schemes 
 $$ \begin{align*}M := \operatorname{Spec} (P \to \mathcal{O}(L)) \to L \to \operatorname{Spec}(Q \to \mathcal{O}(L)) =: N.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}M := \operatorname{Spec} (P \to \mathcal{O}(L)) \to L \to \operatorname{Spec}(Q \to \mathcal{O}(L)) =: N.\end{align*} $$
With the notation of Corollary 3.11, we define 
 $W_i := c^{-1}(U_i)$
. Observe that
$W_i := c^{-1}(U_i)$
. Observe that 
 $M|_{W_1} = L|_{W_1}$
 and
$M|_{W_1} = L|_{W_1}$
 and 
 $L|_{W_2} = N|_{W_2}$
. On N and M, we get morphisms
$L|_{W_2} = N|_{W_2}$
. On N and M, we get morphisms 
 $F_N\colon N \to N$
 and
$F_N\colon N \to N$
 and 
 $F_M\colon M \to M$
 by mapping
$F_M\colon M \to M$
 by mapping 
 $q \mapsto p\cdot q$
 on the monoids and using
$q \mapsto p\cdot q$
 on the monoids and using 
 $F^*$
 on the rings. They are compatible with each other and with the maps to S; moreover,
$F^*$
 on the rings. They are compatible with each other and with the maps to S; moreover, 
 $F_N \times _S S_0$
 and
$F_N \times _S S_0$
 and 
 $F_M \times _S S_0$
 are the absolute Frobenii on
$F_M \times _S S_0$
 are the absolute Frobenii on 
 $N_0, M_0$
. We define partially
$N_0, M_0$
. We define partially 
 $F|_{W_1} := F_M|_{W_1}$
 and
$F|_{W_1} := F_M|_{W_1}$
 and 
 $F|_{W_2} := F_N|_{W_2}$
. Because
$F|_{W_2} := F_N|_{W_2}$
. Because 
 $N|_{W_1 \cap W_2} = L|_{W_1 \cap W_2} = M|_{W_1 \cap W_2}$
, these definitions agree on
$N|_{W_1 \cap W_2} = L|_{W_1 \cap W_2} = M|_{W_1 \cap W_2}$
, these definitions agree on 
 $W_1 \cap W_2$
 and we obtain a log morphism defined on
$W_1 \cap W_2$
 and we obtain a log morphism defined on 
 $c^{-1}(U_{P}) = W_1 \cup W_2$
, which gives the desired map.
$c^{-1}(U_{P}) = W_1 \cup W_2$
, which gives the desired map.
12. The Hodge–de Rham Spectral Sequence
 We put the pieces together to prove Theorem 1.9 from the Introduction. Let 
 $S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to \Bbbk )$
 for a field
$S = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to \Bbbk )$
 for a field 
 $\Bbbk \supset \mathbb {Q}$
 with
$\Bbbk \supset \mathbb {Q}$
 with 
 $Q \ni q \mapsto \delta _{q0}$
, and let
$Q \ni q \mapsto \delta _{q0}$
, and let 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family of relative dimension d with respect to
$f\colon X \to S$
 be a proper log toroidal family of relative dimension d with respect to 
 $S \to A_Q$
. Setting
$S \to A_Q$
. Setting 
 $h^{pq} = \mathrm {dim}_\Bbbk R^qf_*W^p_{X/S}$
 and
$h^{pq} = \mathrm {dim}_\Bbbk R^qf_*W^p_{X/S}$
 and 
 $h^n = \mathrm {dim}_\Bbbk R^{n}f_*W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
, it suffices to prove
$h^n = \mathrm {dim}_\Bbbk R^{n}f_*W^{\bullet }_{X/S}$
, it suffices to prove 
 $\sum _{p + q = n} h^{pq} = h^n$
.
$\sum _{p + q = n} h^{pq} = h^n$
.
 By Proposition 9.1, we can find an 
 $S_\lambda = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B_\lambda )$
 and a proper log toroidal family with respect to
$S_\lambda = \operatorname {Spec} (Q \to B_\lambda )$
 and a proper log toroidal family with respect to 
 $S_\lambda \to A_Q$
. Because
$S_\lambda \to A_Q$
. Because 
 $B_\lambda $
 is integral, by shrinking
$B_\lambda $
 is integral, by shrinking 
 $S_\lambda $
, we can find a spreading out
$S_\lambda $
, we can find a spreading out 
 $\phi \colon \mathfrak X \to \mathcal {S}$
 such that
$\phi \colon \mathfrak X \to \mathcal {S}$
 such that 
 $R^q\phi _*W^p_{\mathfrak X/\mathcal {S}}$
 and
$R^q\phi _*W^p_{\mathfrak X/\mathcal {S}}$
 and 
 $R^n\phi _*W^{\bullet }_{\mathfrak X/\mathcal {S}}$
 are locally free of constant rank
$R^n\phi _*W^{\bullet }_{\mathfrak X/\mathcal {S}}$
 are locally free of constant rank 
 $r^{pq}$
 respectively
$r^{pq}$
 respectively 
 $r^n$
 and such that
$r^n$
 and such that 
 $\mathcal {S}/\mathbb {Z}$
 is smooth as schemes. By Theorem 8.3 we can furthermore assume that
$\mathcal {S}/\mathbb {Z}$
 is smooth as schemes. By Theorem 8.3 we can furthermore assume that 
 $W^m_{\mathfrak X/\mathcal {S}}$
 is compatible with any base change, and we can assume that
$W^m_{\mathfrak X/\mathcal {S}}$
 is compatible with any base change, and we can assume that 
 $\mathrm {char}\,\kappa (s)> d$
 for the residue field
$\mathrm {char}\,\kappa (s)> d$
 for the residue field 
 $\kappa (s)$
 of every closed point
$\kappa (s)$
 of every closed point 
 $s \in \mathcal {S}$
. Now let
$s \in \mathcal {S}$
. Now let 
 $\operatorname {Spec} k \to \mathcal {S}$
 be a closed point. Because
$\operatorname {Spec} k \to \mathcal {S}$
 be a closed point. Because 
 $\mathcal {S}/\mathbb {Z}$
 is smooth, we can find a factorisation
$\mathcal {S}/\mathbb {Z}$
 is smooth, we can find a factorisation 
 $$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{Spec} k \to \operatorname{Spec} W_2(k) \to \mathcal{S}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\operatorname{Spec} k \to \operatorname{Spec} W_2(k) \to \mathcal{S}\end{align*} $$
that induces diagram (SO) from the introduction by strict base change. Setting 
 $g^{pq} := \mathrm {dim}_k R^q(\phi _k)_*W^p_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
 and
$g^{pq} := \mathrm {dim}_k R^q(\phi _k)_*W^p_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
 and 
 $g^{pq} := \mathrm {dim}_k R^n(\phi _k)_*W^{\bullet }_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
, Lemma 8.4 yields
$g^{pq} := \mathrm {dim}_k R^n(\phi _k)_*W^{\bullet }_{\mathfrak X_k/k}$
, Lemma 8.4 yields 
 $h^{pq} = r^{pq} = g^{pq}$
 and
$h^{pq} = r^{pq} = g^{pq}$
 and 
 $h^n = r^n = g^n$
; hence, it suffices to show
$h^n = r^n = g^n$
; hence, it suffices to show 
 $\sum _{p + q = n} g^{pq} = g^n$
. Note that in diagram (SO) on the right, we are in the situation of Proposition 11.6, so by Theorem 11.5 we have a quasi-isomorphism
$\sum _{p + q = n} g^{pq} = g^n$
. Note that in diagram (SO) on the right, we are in the situation of Proposition 11.6, so by Theorem 11.5 we have a quasi-isomorphism 
 $$ \begin{align*}\bigoplus_{m} W^m_{\mathfrak X_k'/k}[-m] \simeq (F_0)_*W^{\bullet}_{\mathfrak X_k/k}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\bigoplus_{m} W^m_{\mathfrak X_k'/k}[-m] \simeq (F_0)_*W^{\bullet}_{\mathfrak X_k/k}.\end{align*} $$
Now a computation as in [Reference Deligne and Illusie13, Corollary 2.4] yields 
 $\sum _{p + q = n} g^{pq} = g^n$
, concluding the proof of Theorem 1.9.
$\sum _{p + q = n} g^{pq} = g^n$
, concluding the proof of Theorem 1.9.
12.1. The Relative Spectral Sequence
Proof of Theorem 1.10 . It thereby suffices to show the surjectivity of
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathbb{H}^k(X,W^{\bullet}_{X/S}) \to \mathbb{H}^k(X_0,W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0}).\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathbb{H}^k(X,W^{\bullet}_{X/S}) \to \mathbb{H}^k(X_0,W^{\bullet}_{X_0/S_0}).\end{align*} $$
We prove this with the idea of [Reference Steenbrink45, Section (2.6)] (cf. [Reference Kawamata and Namikawa34, Lemma 4.1] and [Reference Gross and Siebert20, Theorem 4.1]). We define a complex
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{L}^{\bullet} := W^{\bullet,an}_{X}[u] =\bigoplus_{s = 0}^\infty W^{\bullet,an}_{X} \cdot u^s, \qquad d(\alpha_su^s) = d\alpha_s \cdot u^s + s\delta(\rho) \wedge \alpha_s \cdot u^{s - 1}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathcal{L}^{\bullet} := W^{\bullet,an}_{X}[u] =\bigoplus_{s = 0}^\infty W^{\bullet,an}_{X} \cdot u^s, \qquad d(\alpha_su^s) = d\alpha_s \cdot u^s + s\delta(\rho) \wedge \alpha_s \cdot u^{s - 1}\end{align*} $$
of analytic sheaves where 
 $\rho = f^*(1) \in \mathcal {M}_{X^{an}}$
 and
$\rho = f^*(1) \in \mathcal {M}_{X^{an}}$
 and 
 $\delta \colon \mathcal {M}_{X^{an}} \to W^{1,an}_{X}$
 is the log part of the universal derivation. Here
$\delta \colon \mathcal {M}_{X^{an}} \to W^{1,an}_{X}$
 is the log part of the universal derivation. Here 
 $W^{\bullet ,an}_{X}$
 denotes (the analytification of) absolute differentials as in Corollary 7.12. Projection to the
$W^{\bullet ,an}_{X}$
 denotes (the analytification of) absolute differentials as in Corollary 7.12. Projection to the 
 $u^0$
-summand composed with
$u^0$
-summand composed with 
 $W^{\bullet ,an}_{X} \to W^{\bullet ,an}_{X/S}$
 yields a map
$W^{\bullet ,an}_{X} \to W^{\bullet ,an}_{X/S}$
 yields a map 
 $\mathcal {L}^{\bullet } \to W^{\bullet ,an}_{X/S}$
 whose composition with
$\mathcal {L}^{\bullet } \to W^{\bullet ,an}_{X/S}$
 whose composition with 
 $W^{\bullet ,an}_{X/S} \to W^{\bullet ,an}_{X_0/S_0}$
 fits into an exact sequence
$W^{\bullet ,an}_{X/S} \to W^{\bullet ,an}_{X_0/S_0}$
 fits into an exact sequence 
 $$ \begin{align*}0 \to \mathcal{K}^{\bullet} \to \mathcal{L}^{\bullet} \xrightarrow{\phi^{\bullet}} W^{\bullet,an}_{X_0/S_0} \to 0\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}0 \to \mathcal{K}^{\bullet} \to \mathcal{L}^{\bullet} \xrightarrow{\phi^{\bullet}} W^{\bullet,an}_{X_0/S_0} \to 0\end{align*} $$
of complexes that defines 
 $\mathcal {K}^{\bullet }$
. Because
$\mathcal {K}^{\bullet }$
. Because 
 $f\colon X \to S$
 has ETD local models, we may use Corollaries 7.11, 7.12 and Remark 7.15 to have a local description of this sequence. Lemma 12.1 shows that
$f\colon X \to S$
 has ETD local models, we may use Corollaries 7.11, 7.12 and Remark 7.15 to have a local description of this sequence. Lemma 12.1 shows that 
 $\mathcal {K}^{\bullet }$
 is acyclic for all ETDs with 1-dimensional base, so
$\mathcal {K}^{\bullet }$
 is acyclic for all ETDs with 1-dimensional base, so 
 $\phi ^{\bullet }$
 is a quasi-isomorphism and Theorem 1.10 follows by the discussion in Subsection 2.1.
$\phi ^{\bullet }$
 is a quasi-isomorphism and Theorem 1.10 follows by the discussion in Subsection 2.1.
Lemma 12.1. Let 
 $(\mathbb {N} \subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, and let
$(\mathbb {N} \subset P,\mathcal {F})$
 be an ETD, and let 
 $f\colon X \to S = S_m$
 be the base change of
$f\colon X \to S = S_m$
 be the base change of 
 $A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_{\mathbb {N}}$
 along
$A_{P,\mathcal {F}} \to A_{\mathbb {N}}$
 along 
 $S_m \to A_{\mathbb {N}}$
. With
$S_m \to A_{\mathbb {N}}$
. With 
 $0\in A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 denoting the origin, we have
$0\in A_{P,\mathcal {F}}$
 denoting the origin, we have 
 $\mathcal {H}^k(\mathcal {K}^{\bullet })_0 = 0$
 for all k.
$\mathcal {H}^k(\mathcal {K}^{\bullet })_0 = 0$
 for all k.
Proof. We choose Hermitian inner products on the vector spaces 
 $L := P^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
 and
$L := P^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
 and 
 $W := (P^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C})/(\mathbb {N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C})$
. With
$W := (P^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C})/(\mathbb {N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C})$
. With 
 $K=(m+1)+\mathbb {N}\subset \mathbb {N}$
, we recall
$K=(m+1)+\mathbb {N}\subset \mathbb {N}$
, we recall 
 $E_K$
 from Subsection 7.2. For
$E_K$
 from Subsection 7.2. For 
 $e\in E_K$
, we define
$e\in E_K$
, we define 
 $$ \begin{align*}L_e := \bigcap_{H \in \mathcal{F}_{{\operatorname{max}}} \setminus \mathcal{F} : e \in H} \hspace{-0.4cm} H^{gp} \otimes \mathbb{C} \qquad \mathrm{and} \qquad W_e := \bigcap_{H \in \mathcal{F}_{{\operatorname{max}}} \setminus \mathcal{F} : e \in H} \hspace{-0.4cm} (H^{gp} \otimes \mathbb{C})/(\mathbb{N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb{C}).\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}L_e := \bigcap_{H \in \mathcal{F}_{{\operatorname{max}}} \setminus \mathcal{F} : e \in H} \hspace{-0.4cm} H^{gp} \otimes \mathbb{C} \qquad \mathrm{and} \qquad W_e := \bigcap_{H \in \mathcal{F}_{{\operatorname{max}}} \setminus \mathcal{F} : e \in H} \hspace{-0.4cm} (H^{gp} \otimes \mathbb{C})/(\mathbb{N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb{C}).\end{align*} $$
By Remark 7.15 and Lemma 7.14, elements of 
 $\mathcal {L}^k_0$
 are formal sums
$\mathcal {L}^k_0$
 are formal sums 
 $$ \begin{align*}(\ell_{e,s}) := \sum_{s = 0}^N\sum_{e \in E_K} u^sz^e\ell_{e,s} \ , \quad \ell_{e,s} \in \bigwedge^kL_e \ , \quad \mathrm{sup}_{\substack{e \in E_K \setminus 0\\ 1\le s\le N}} \left\{ \mathrm{log} \| \ell_{e,s}\| / h(e) \right\} < \infty ,\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(\ell_{e,s}) := \sum_{s = 0}^N\sum_{e \in E_K} u^sz^e\ell_{e,s} \ , \quad \ell_{e,s} \in \bigwedge^kL_e \ , \quad \mathrm{sup}_{\substack{e \in E_K \setminus 0\\ 1\le s\le N}} \left\{ \mathrm{log} \| \ell_{e,s}\| / h(e) \right\} < \infty ,\end{align*} $$
and elements of 
 $W^{k,an}_{X_0/S_0,0}$
 are formal sums
$W^{k,an}_{X_0/S_0,0}$
 are formal sums 
 $$ \begin{align*}(w_e) := \sum_{e \in E} z^e \cdot w_e, \quad w_e \in \bigwedge^kW_e \ , \quad \mathrm{sup}_{e \in E \setminus 0} \left\{ \mathrm{log} \| w_e \| / h(e) \right\} < \infty .\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}(w_e) := \sum_{e \in E} z^e \cdot w_e, \quad w_e \in \bigwedge^kW_e \ , \quad \mathrm{sup}_{e \in E \setminus 0} \left\{ \mathrm{log} \| w_e \| / h(e) \right\} < \infty .\end{align*} $$
Note that 
 $(\ell _{e,s})$
 is summed over
$(\ell _{e,s})$
 is summed over 
 $E_K$
, whereas
$E_K$
, whereas 
 $(w_e)$
 is summed over E. We denote the kernel of
$(w_e)$
 is summed over E. We denote the kernel of 
 $\pi \colon \bigwedge ^kL_e \to \bigwedge ^kW_e$
 by
$\pi \colon \bigwedge ^kL_e \to \bigwedge ^kW_e$
 by 
 $K^k_e$
 and observe
$K^k_e$
 and observe 
 $\phi ((\ell _{e,s})) = (\pi (\ell _{e,0}))$
, so
$\phi ((\ell _{e,s})) = (\pi (\ell _{e,0}))$
, so 
 $(\ell _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^k_0$
 if and only if
$(\ell _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^k_0$
 if and only if 
 $\ell _{e,0} \in K^k_e$
 for all
$\ell _{e,0} \in K^k_e$
 for all 
 $e \in E$
. With
$e \in E$
. With 
 $\bar \rho := 1 \otimes 1 \in \mathbb {N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
, we have
$\bar \rho := 1 \otimes 1 \in \mathbb {N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
, we have 
 $\delta (\rho ) = z^0 \cdot \bar \rho \in W^1_{X}$
, and thus
$\delta (\rho ) = z^0 \cdot \bar \rho \in W^1_{X}$
, and thus 
 $$ \begin{align} d((\ell_{e,s})) = (e \wedge \ell_{e,s} + (s + 1)\bar\rho \wedge \ell_{e,s + 1}). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} d((\ell_{e,s})) = (e \wedge \ell_{e,s} + (s + 1)\bar\rho \wedge \ell_{e,s + 1}). \end{align} $$
Let 
 $(\ell _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^0_0$
 and assume
$(\ell _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^0_0$
 and assume 
 $d((\ell _{e,s})) = 0$
. Because
$d((\ell _{e,s})) = 0$
. Because 
 $\ell _{e,s} \in \mathbb {C}$
, for
$\ell _{e,s} \in \mathbb {C}$
, for 
 $e \not = 0$
 by descending induction in s starting from
$e \not = 0$
 by descending induction in s starting from 
 $\ell _{e,N}$
, we find
$\ell _{e,N}$
, we find 
 $\ell _{e,s} = 0$
. We have
$\ell _{e,s} = 0$
. We have 
 $\ell _{0,0} = 0$
 and ascending induction yields
$\ell _{0,0} = 0$
 and ascending induction yields 
 $\ell _{0,s} = 0$
. Thus,
$\ell _{0,s} = 0$
. Thus, 
 $\mathcal {H}^0(\mathcal {K}^{\bullet })_0 = 0$
.
$\mathcal {H}^0(\mathcal {K}^{\bullet })_0 = 0$
.
 Next, let 
 $(\ell _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^{k + 1}_0$
 for
$(\ell _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^{k + 1}_0$
 for 
 $k \geq 0$
 with
$k \geq 0$
 with 
 $d((\ell _{e,s})) = 0$
. Starting with
$d((\ell _{e,s})) = 0$
. Starting with 
 $e = 0$
, we construct
$e = 0$
, we construct 
 $(\tau _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^k_0$
 with
$(\tau _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^k_0$
 with 
 $d((\tau _{e,s})) = (\ell _{e,s})$
 using the following claim.
$d((\tau _{e,s})) = (\ell _{e,s})$
 using the following claim.
Claim 2. Let 
 $(L, \langle \cdot , \cdot \rangle )$
 be a
$(L, \langle \cdot , \cdot \rangle )$
 be a 
 $\mathbb {C}$
-vector space of finite dimension with a Hermitian inner product. Let
$\mathbb {C}$
-vector space of finite dimension with a Hermitian inner product. Let 
 $0 \not = p \in L$
 and
$0 \not = p \in L$
 and 
 $k \geq 0$
, and assume
$k \geq 0$
, and assume 
 $\ell \in \bigwedge ^{k + 1}L$
 with
$\ell \in \bigwedge ^{k + 1}L$
 with 
 $p \wedge \ell = 0$
. Then there is a
$p \wedge \ell = 0$
. Then there is a 
 $\tilde \ell \in \bigwedge ^k L$
 with
$\tilde \ell \in \bigwedge ^k L$
 with 
 $p \wedge \tilde \ell = \ell $
 and
$p \wedge \tilde \ell = \ell $
 and 
 $\| p \| \cdot \| \tilde \ell \| = \| \ell \|$
.
$\| p \| \cdot \| \tilde \ell \| = \| \ell \|$
.
Proof. Let 
 $\ell _1 := \frac {p}{\| p \|}, \ell _2,\ldots , \ell _n$
 be an orthonormal basis of L and
$\ell _1 := \frac {p}{\| p \|}, \ell _2,\ldots , \ell _n$
 be an orthonormal basis of L and 
 $\{\ell _{i_1...i_k}\}$
 the induced basis of
$\{\ell _{i_1...i_k}\}$
 the induced basis of 
 $\bigwedge ^k L$
. If
$\bigwedge ^k L$
. If 
 $\ell = \sum \alpha _{i_1...i_{k + 1}} \ell _{i_1...i_{k + 1}}$
 satisfies the assumption, then
$\ell = \sum \alpha _{i_1...i_{k + 1}} \ell _{i_1...i_{k + 1}}$
 satisfies the assumption, then 
 $\tilde \ell = \frac {1}{\| p\|}\sum \alpha _{1i_2...i_{k + 1}}\ell _{i_2...i_{k + 1}}$
 is a solution.
$\tilde \ell = \frac {1}{\| p\|}\sum \alpha _{1i_2...i_{k + 1}}\ell _{i_2...i_{k + 1}}$
 is a solution.
 We set 
 $\tau _{0,0} = 0$
. Writing out (12.1) for
$\tau _{0,0} = 0$
. Writing out (12.1) for 
 $e=0$
 yields
$e=0$
 yields 
 $$ \begin{align*}d\big(\ell_{0,0}+\ell_{0,1}u+ \ell_{0,2}u^2+...\big)= \bar\rho \wedge \ell_{0,1}\ +\ 2\bar\rho \wedge \ell_{0,2}u\ +\ 3\bar\rho \wedge \ell_{0,3}u^2\ +\ ...\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}d\big(\ell_{0,0}+\ell_{0,1}u+ \ell_{0,2}u^2+...\big)= \bar\rho \wedge \ell_{0,1}\ +\ 2\bar\rho \wedge \ell_{0,2}u\ +\ 3\bar\rho \wedge \ell_{0,3}u^2\ +\ ...\end{align*} $$
and therefore 
 $\bar \rho \wedge \ell _{0,i} = 0$
 for
$\bar \rho \wedge \ell _{0,i} = 0$
 for 
 $i>0$
. Because
$i>0$
. Because 
 $\ell _{0,0} \in K^0_0$
, we also have
$\ell _{0,0} \in K^0_0$
, we also have 
 $\bar \rho \wedge \ell _{0,0} = 0$
. By Claim 2, there is
$\bar \rho \wedge \ell _{0,0} = 0$
. By Claim 2, there is 
 $\tau _{0,s+1} \in \bigwedge ^kL_0$
 with
$\tau _{0,s+1} \in \bigwedge ^kL_0$
 with 
 $\bar \rho \wedge \tau _{0,s + 1} = \ell _{0,s}$
 and we are done with the case
$\bar \rho \wedge \tau _{0,s + 1} = \ell _{0,s}$
 and we are done with the case 
 $e=0$
. For
$e=0$
. For 
 $e \neq 0$
 we need to care about convergence. Without loss of generality,
$e \neq 0$
 we need to care about convergence. Without loss of generality, 
 $N \geq 1$
. Because
$N \geq 1$
. Because 
 $e \wedge \ell _{e,N} = 0$
, we can find by Claim 2
$e \wedge \ell _{e,N} = 0$
, we can find by Claim 2 
 $\tau _{e,N} \in \bigwedge ^kL_e$
 with
$\tau _{e,N} \in \bigwedge ^kL_e$
 with 
 $e \wedge \tau _{e,N} = \ell _{e,N}$
 and
$e \wedge \tau _{e,N} = \ell _{e,N}$
 and 
 $\|\tau _{e,N}\| \cdot \|e\| = \|\ell _{e,N}\|$
. For
$\|\tau _{e,N}\| \cdot \|e\| = \|\ell _{e,N}\|$
. For 
 $s \geq 1$
, we construct
$s \geq 1$
, we construct 
 $\tau _{e,s} \in \bigwedge ^kL_e$
 by descending induction. Because of
$\tau _{e,s} \in \bigwedge ^kL_e$
 by descending induction. Because of 
 $e \wedge (\ell _{e,s} - (s + 1)\bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,s + 1}) = 0$
, there is
$e \wedge (\ell _{e,s} - (s + 1)\bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,s + 1}) = 0$
, there is 
 $\tau _{e,s}$
 with
$\tau _{e,s}$
 with 
 $e \wedge \tau _{e,s} = \ell _{e,s} - (s + 1)\bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,s + 1}$
 and
$e \wedge \tau _{e,s} = \ell _{e,s} - (s + 1)\bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,s + 1}$
 and 
 $$ \begin{align} \|\tau_{e,s}\| \cdot \|e\| = \|\ell_{e,s} - (s + 1)\bar\rho \wedge \tau_{e,s + 1}\|. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \|\tau_{e,s}\| \cdot \|e\| = \|\ell_{e,s} - (s + 1)\bar\rho \wedge \tau_{e,s + 1}\|. \end{align} $$
For 
 $e \notin E$
, we go one step further and construct
$e \notin E$
, we go one step further and construct 
 $\tau _{e,0} \in \bigwedge ^kL_e$
 with the same method, but for
$\tau _{e,0} \in \bigwedge ^kL_e$
 with the same method, but for 
 $e \in E$
, the construction of
$e \in E$
, the construction of 
 $\tau _{e,0}\in K^k_e$
 is more intricate. We need another claim.
$\tau _{e,0}\in K^k_e$
 is more intricate. We need another claim.
Claim 3. Let 
 $(L,\langle \cdot , \cdot \rangle )$
 be a
$(L,\langle \cdot , \cdot \rangle )$
 be a 
 $\mathbb {C}$
-vector space of finite dimension with a Hermitian inner product. Let
$\mathbb {C}$
-vector space of finite dimension with a Hermitian inner product. Let 
 $0 \not = V, Y \subset L$
 be subspaces with
$0 \not = V, Y \subset L$
 be subspaces with 
 $V \cap Y = 0$
. Then there is a constant
$V \cap Y = 0$
. Then there is a constant 
 $\gamma>0$
 with the following property: for every subspace H with
$\gamma>0$
 with the following property: for every subspace H with 
 $V \subset H \subset L$
 and
$V \subset H \subset L$
 and 
 $k \geq 0$
, let
$k \geq 0$
, let 
 $K^k_H$
 be the kernel of
$K^k_H$
 be the kernel of 
 $\bigwedge ^k H \to \bigwedge ^k(H/V)$
. Then for every
$\bigwedge ^k H \to \bigwedge ^k(H/V)$
. Then for every 
 $0 \not = p \in Y \cap H$
 and every
$0 \not = p \in Y \cap H$
 and every 
 $\ell \in K^{k + 1}_H$
 with
$\ell \in K^{k + 1}_H$
 with 
 $p \wedge \ell = 0$
, there is a
$p \wedge \ell = 0$
, there is a 
 $\tilde \ell \in K^k_H$
 with
$\tilde \ell \in K^k_H$
 with 
 $p \wedge \tilde \ell = \ell $
 and
$p \wedge \tilde \ell = \ell $
 and 
 $\gamma \cdot \| p \| \cdot \|\tilde \ell \| \leq \| \ell \|$
.
$\gamma \cdot \| p \| \cdot \|\tilde \ell \| \leq \| \ell \|$
.
Proof. Let 
 $p=(p_1,p_2)$
 be the decomposition of p under
$p=(p_1,p_2)$
 be the decomposition of p under 
 $L=V\oplus V^\perp $
, so
$L=V\oplus V^\perp $
, so 
 $\|p\|^2=\|p_1\|^2+\|p_2\|^2$
. Because
$\|p\|^2=\|p_1\|^2+\|p_2\|^2$
. Because 
 $V\cap Y=0$
, we have for
$V\cap Y=0$
, we have for 
 $\gamma ^2 := \inf _{0 \not = p \in Y} \|p_2\|^2/\|p\|^2$
 that
$\gamma ^2 := \inf _{0 \not = p \in Y} \|p_2\|^2/\|p\|^2$
 that 
 $0<\gamma \le 1$
. Let
$0<\gamma \le 1$
. Let 
 $\ell _0 := \frac {p_2}{\|p_2\|}, \ell _1,\ell _2...$
 be an orthonormal basis of H and then
$\ell _0 := \frac {p_2}{\|p_2\|}, \ell _1,\ell _2...$
 be an orthonormal basis of H and then 
 $\bar \ell _0=\frac {p}{\|p\|}$
,
$\bar \ell _0=\frac {p}{\|p\|}$
, 
 $\bar \ell _i:=\ell _i$
 for
$\bar \ell _i:=\ell _i$
 for 
 $i>0$
 is an ordinary basis of H. For
$i>0$
 is an ordinary basis of H. For 
 $\ell = \sum \alpha _{i_0...i_k} \bar \ell _{i_0...i_k} \in K^{k + 1}_H$
 with
$\ell = \sum \alpha _{i_0...i_k} \bar \ell _{i_0...i_k} \in K^{k + 1}_H$
 with 
 $p \wedge \ell = 0$
, we define
$p \wedge \ell = 0$
, we define 
 $\tilde \ell := \frac {1}{\|p\|}\sum \alpha _{0i_1...i_k} \bar \ell _{i_1...i_k} \in K^k_H$
 to have
$\tilde \ell := \frac {1}{\|p\|}\sum \alpha _{0i_1...i_k} \bar \ell _{i_1...i_k} \in K^k_H$
 to have 
 $p \wedge \tilde \ell = \ell $
. We also find
$p \wedge \tilde \ell = \ell $
. We also find 
 $$ \begin{align*} \|\ell\|^2 &= \left\|\sum \alpha_{0i_1...i_k}\frac{p}{\|p\|} \wedge \ell_{i_1...i_k} \right\|^2 \geq \left\|\sum \alpha_{0i_1...i_k}\frac{p_2}{\|p\|} \wedge \ell_{i_1...i_k} \right\|^2 \geq \gamma^2 \cdot \|p\|^2 \cdot \|\tilde \ell\|^2. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \|\ell\|^2 &= \left\|\sum \alpha_{0i_1...i_k}\frac{p}{\|p\|} \wedge \ell_{i_1...i_k} \right\|^2 \geq \left\|\sum \alpha_{0i_1...i_k}\frac{p_2}{\|p\|} \wedge \ell_{i_1...i_k} \right\|^2 \geq \gamma^2 \cdot \|p\|^2 \cdot \|\tilde \ell\|^2. \end{align*} $$
 We apply Claim 3 to 
 $L = P^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
. Let
$L = P^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
. Let 
 $F_e \subset P$
 be the face generated by e and
$F_e \subset P$
 be the face generated by e and 
 $Y = F_e^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
. Let
$Y = F_e^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
. Let 
 $V = \mathbb {N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
 and
$V = \mathbb {N}^{gp} \otimes \mathbb {C}$
 and 
 $H = L_e$
, so
$H = L_e$
, so 
 $K^k_H = K^k_e$
. Then
$K^k_H = K^k_e$
. Then 
 $e \wedge (\ell _{e,0} - \bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,1}) = 0$
, so we find
$e \wedge (\ell _{e,0} - \bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,1}) = 0$
, so we find 
 $\tau _{e,0} \in K^k_e$
 with
$\tau _{e,0} \in K^k_e$
 with 
 $e \wedge \tau _{e,0} = \ell _{e,0} - \bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,1}$
 and
$e \wedge \tau _{e,0} = \ell _{e,0} - \bar \rho \wedge \tau _{e,1}$
 and 
 $$ \begin{align} \gamma\cdot\|\tau_{e,0}\|\cdot\|e\| \leq \|\ell_{e,0} - \bar\rho \wedge \tau_{e,1}\|. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \gamma\cdot\|\tau_{e,0}\|\cdot\|e\| \leq \|\ell_{e,0} - \bar\rho \wedge \tau_{e,1}\|. \end{align} $$
The factor 
 $\gamma $
 depends on Y, but there are only finitely many faces generated by elements
$\gamma $
 depends on Y, but there are only finitely many faces generated by elements 
 $e \in E$
, so we take for
$e \in E$
, so we take for 
 $\gamma $
 the minimum over them and furthermore
$\gamma $
 the minimum over them and furthermore 
 $\gamma <1$
. Applying the triangle inequality to the right-hand side of (12.3) and using induction and (12.2) yields
$\gamma <1$
. Applying the triangle inequality to the right-hand side of (12.3) and using induction and (12.2) yields 
 $$ \begin{align*}\|\tau_{e,s}\| \leq \frac{1}{\gamma} \cdot \frac{1}{\|e\|} \sum_{k = s}^N \left(\frac{\|\bar\rho\|}{\|e\|}\right)^{k - s} \cdot \frac{k!}{s!} \cdot \|\ell_{e,k}\|\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\|\tau_{e,s}\| \leq \frac{1}{\gamma} \cdot \frac{1}{\|e\|} \sum_{k = s}^N \left(\frac{\|\bar\rho\|}{\|e\|}\right)^{k - s} \cdot \frac{k!}{s!} \cdot \|\ell_{e,k}\|\end{align*} $$
for all 
 $e \not = 0$
. Because
$e \not = 0$
. Because 
 $\inf _{e \not = 0}\{\|e\|\}> 0$
, there is a bound
$\inf _{e \not = 0}\{\|e\|\}> 0$
, there is a bound 
 $M> 1$
 independent of e such that
$M> 1$
 independent of e such that 
 $\|\tau _{e,s}\| \leq M \cdot {\operatorname {max}}_k\{\|\ell _{e,k}\|\}$
, which proves
$\|\tau _{e,s}\| \leq M \cdot {\operatorname {max}}_k\{\|\ell _{e,k}\|\}$
, which proves 
 $$ \begin{align*}\mathrm{sup}_{e \in E_K \setminus 0} \left\{ \mathrm{log} \| \tau_{e,s}\| / h(e) \right\} < \infty\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\mathrm{sup}_{e \in E_K \setminus 0} \left\{ \mathrm{log} \| \tau_{e,s}\| / h(e) \right\} < \infty\end{align*} $$
and thus 
 $(\tau _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^k_0$
. By construction,
$(\tau _{e,s}) \in \mathcal {K}^k_0$
. By construction, 
 $d((\tau _{e,s})) = (\ell _{e,s})$
, so
$d((\tau _{e,s})) = (\ell _{e,s})$
, so 
 $\mathcal {H}^k(\mathcal {K}^{\bullet })_0 = 0$
.
$\mathcal {H}^k(\mathcal {K}^{\bullet })_0 = 0$
.
13. Smoothings via Maurer–Cartan Solutions
 In the upcoming Subsections 13.1 and 13.2, we adapt the methods of [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7] to the setup given in the statement of Theorem 1.7. We then argue how to obtain an analytic smoothing from a formal one in Subsection 13.3. The combination of all of these sections gives a proof of Theorem 1.7. The main ingredients are Theorem 6.13, Theorem 1.9 and Theorem 1.10. A key ingredient is also Lemma 6.11 to know that 
 $W_{X/S}^d$
 is trivial for
$W_{X/S}^d$
 is trivial for 
 $d={\dim X}$
.
$d={\dim X}$
.
13.1. Constructing a Formal Deformation from a Solution to the Maurer–Cartan Equation
 We define 
 ${{}^k\!S} = \operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N} \stackrel {1\mapsto t}{\longrightarrow } \mathbb {C}[t]/t^{k + 1})$
 and assume we are given a proper log toroidal family
${{}^k\!S} = \operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {N} \stackrel {1\mapsto t}{\longrightarrow } \mathbb {C}[t]/t^{k + 1})$
 and assume we are given a proper log toroidal family 
 ${{{}^0\!X}}\to {{{}^0\!S}}$
. Let
${{{}^0\!X}}\to {{{}^0\!S}}$
. Let 
 $\{{{}^0V_\alpha }\}_\alpha $
 be an affine cover of
$\{{{}^0V_\alpha }\}_\alpha $
 be an affine cover of 
 ${{{}^0\!X}}$
. For fixed
${{{}^0\!X}}$
. For fixed 
 $\alpha $
, let
$\alpha $
, let 
 $\{{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha \to {{}^k\!S}\}_k$
 be a system of deformations, compatible with restriction from k to
$\{{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha \to {{}^k\!S}\}_k$
 be a system of deformations, compatible with restriction from k to 
 $k-1$
 as obtained from Theorem 6.13. Note that
$k-1$
 as obtained from Theorem 6.13. Note that 
 $V_{\alpha \beta }:={}^0V_{\alpha }\cap {}^0V_{\beta }$
 is affine because
$V_{\alpha \beta }:={}^0V_{\alpha }\cap {}^0V_{\beta }$
 is affine because 
 ${{{}^0\!X}}$
 is separated. We give names to the restrictions of thickenings via
${{{}^0\!X}}$
 is separated. We give names to the restrictions of thickenings via 
 ${{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha ;\alpha \beta }:={{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha }|_{V\!_{\alpha \beta }}$
. Again by Theorem 6.13, we find isomorphisms
${{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha ;\alpha \beta }:={{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha }|_{V\!_{\alpha \beta }}$
. Again by Theorem 6.13, we find isomorphisms 
 $$ \begin{align*}{}^k\phi_{\alpha\beta}\colon {{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha;\alpha\beta} \to {{}^k\!V}\!_{\beta;\alpha\beta}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}{}^k\phi_{\alpha\beta}\colon {{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha;\alpha\beta} \to {{}^k\!V}\!_{\beta;\alpha\beta}\end{align*} $$
of generically log smooth families over 
 ${{{}^k\!S}}$
 that are compatible with the restrictions to the base changes via
${{{}^k\!S}}$
 that are compatible with the restrictions to the base changes via 
 ${{}^{k-1}\!S}\to {{{}^k\!S}}$
 but do not necessarily satisfy a cocycle condition.
${{}^{k-1}\!S}\to {{{}^k\!S}}$
 but do not necessarily satisfy a cocycle condition.
 We now analytify 
 ${{}^k\!X}\to {{}^k\!S}$
 as well as
${{}^k\!X}\to {{}^k\!S}$
 as well as 
 ${{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha },{{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha ;\alpha \beta }$
. We keep using the same symbols though now refer to the analytifications respectively.
${{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha },{{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha ;\alpha \beta }$
. We keep using the same symbols though now refer to the analytifications respectively.
 Let 
 $\{U_i\}_{i\in I}$
 be a cover of
$\{U_i\}_{i\in I}$
 be a cover of 
 ${{{}^0\!X}}$
 by Stein open sets that is also a basis for the analytic topology of
${{{}^0\!X}}$
 by Stein open sets that is also a basis for the analytic topology of 
 ${{{}^0\!X}}$
 with I countable and totally ordered. Set
${{{}^0\!X}}$
 with I countable and totally ordered. Set 
 $U_{i_0\dots i_l}:=\bigcap _{k=0}^l U_{i_k}$
. We obtain the sheaves of Gerstenhaber algebras
$U_{i_0\dots i_l}:=\bigcap _{k=0}^l U_{i_k}$
. We obtain the sheaves of Gerstenhaber algebras 
 $$ \begin{align*}{}^k\mathcal{G}^p_\alpha:=\Theta^{-p}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}{}^k\mathcal{G}^p_\alpha:=\Theta^{-p}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\end{align*} $$
concentrated in nonpositive degrees via the negative Schouten–Nijenhuis bracket 
 $-[\cdot ,\cdot ]$
 and
$-[\cdot ,\cdot ]$
 and 
 $\wedge $
. Set
$\wedge $
. Set 
 $\blacktriangle _l=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {C}[x_0,\dots ,x_n]/(x_0+\dots +x_n-1))$
 and
$\blacktriangle _l=\operatorname {Spec}(\mathbb {C}[x_0,\dots ,x_n]/(x_0+\dots +x_n-1))$
 and 
 $\mathcal {A}^q(\blacktriangle _l)=\Omega ^q_{\blacktriangle _l}$
 and let
$\mathcal {A}^q(\blacktriangle _l)=\Omega ^q_{\blacktriangle _l}$
 and let 
 $d_{j,l}\colon \blacktriangle _{l-1}\to \blacktriangle _l$
 be given by
$d_{j,l}\colon \blacktriangle _{l-1}\to \blacktriangle _l$
 be given by 
 $x_j\mapsto 0$
. One constructs the Thom–Whitney bicomplex
$x_j\mapsto 0$
. One constructs the Thom–Whitney bicomplex 
 $$ \begin{align} {^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha;\alpha_0\dots\alpha_l}=\left\{ (\varphi_{i_0\dots i_l})_{i_0<\dots<i_l}\,\left|\, \begin{array}{c} U_{i_j}\subset V_{\alpha_0}\cap...\cap V_{\alpha_l} \mbox{for }0\le j\le l,\\ \varphi_{i_0\dots i_l}\in\mathcal{A}^q(\blacktriangle_l)\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}{}^k\!\mathcal{G}^p_\alpha(U_{i_0\dots i_l}), \\ d^*_{j,l}(\varphi_{i_0\dots i_l})=\varphi_{i_0\dots\hat i_j\dots i_l}|_{U_{i_0\dots i_l}} \end{array} \right.\right\}. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} {^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha;\alpha_0\dots\alpha_l}=\left\{ (\varphi_{i_0\dots i_l})_{i_0<\dots<i_l}\,\left|\, \begin{array}{c} U_{i_j}\subset V_{\alpha_0}\cap...\cap V_{\alpha_l} \mbox{for }0\le j\le l,\\ \varphi_{i_0\dots i_l}\in\mathcal{A}^q(\blacktriangle_l)\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}{}^k\!\mathcal{G}^p_\alpha(U_{i_0\dots i_l}), \\ d^*_{j,l}(\varphi_{i_0\dots i_l})=\varphi_{i_0\dots\hat i_j\dots i_l}|_{U_{i_0\dots i_l}} \end{array} \right.\right\}. \end{align} $$
The differential for the index p is trivial and the differential 
 $\bar \partial _\alpha $
 for the index q is induced by the de Rham differential on
$\bar \partial _\alpha $
 for the index q is induced by the de Rham differential on 
 $\mathcal {A}^q(\blacktriangle _l)$
. Furthermore,
$\mathcal {A}^q(\blacktriangle _l)$
. Furthermore, 
 $-[\cdot ,\cdot ]$
 and
$-[\cdot ,\cdot ]$
 and 
 $\wedge $
 turn
$\wedge $
 turn 
 $TW$
 into a Gerstenhaber algebra. For
$TW$
 into a Gerstenhaber algebra. For 
 $W\subset V_\alpha $
, let
$W\subset V_\alpha $
, let 
 ${^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha ;\alpha }|_W$
 be given by (TW) but with the additional requirement to have
${^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha ;\alpha }|_W$
 be given by (TW) but with the additional requirement to have 
 $U_{i_j}\subset W$
. The presheaf
$U_{i_j}\subset W$
. The presheaf 
 $W\mapsto {^k}\!TW^{p,\bullet }_{\alpha ;\alpha }|_W$
 gives a resolution of the sheaf
$W\mapsto {^k}\!TW^{p,\bullet }_{\alpha ;\alpha }|_W$
 gives a resolution of the sheaf 
 ${}^k\mathcal {G}^p_\alpha $
 on
${}^k\mathcal {G}^p_\alpha $
 on 
 $V_\alpha $
, so
$V_\alpha $
, so 
 ${}^k\mathcal {G}^p_\alpha (W)=H^0_{\bar \partial _\alpha }({^k}\!TW^{p,\bullet }_{\alpha ;\alpha }|_W)$
.
${}^k\mathcal {G}^p_\alpha (W)=H^0_{\bar \partial _\alpha }({^k}\!TW^{p,\bullet }_{\alpha ;\alpha }|_W)$
.
 The isomorphisms 
 ${}^k\phi _{\alpha \beta }$
 induce isomorphisms
${}^k\phi _{\alpha \beta }$
 induce isomorphisms 
 ${}^k\psi _{\alpha \beta }\colon {}^k\mathcal {G}^{\bullet }_\alpha |_{V_{\alpha \beta }}\to {}^k\mathcal {G}^{\bullet }_\beta |_{V_{\alpha \beta }}$
 of sheaves of Gerstenhaber algebras, which can be used ([Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Key Lemma 3.21]) to construct isomorphisms
${}^k\psi _{\alpha \beta }\colon {}^k\mathcal {G}^{\bullet }_\alpha |_{V_{\alpha \beta }}\to {}^k\mathcal {G}^{\bullet }_\beta |_{V_{\alpha \beta }}$
 of sheaves of Gerstenhaber algebras, which can be used ([Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Key Lemma 3.21]) to construct isomorphisms 
 $$ \begin{align*}{}^kg_{\alpha\beta}\colon{{}^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha;\alpha\beta}\to {{}^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\beta;\alpha\beta}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}{}^kg_{\alpha\beta}\colon{{}^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha;\alpha\beta}\to {{}^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\beta;\alpha\beta}\end{align*} $$
that satisfy the cocycle condition 
 ${}^kg_{\gamma \alpha }{}^kg_{\beta \gamma }{}^kg_{\alpha \beta }=\operatorname {id}$
 and are compatible with restriction from k to
${}^kg_{\gamma \alpha }{}^kg_{\beta \gamma }{}^kg_{\alpha \beta }=\operatorname {id}$
 and are compatible with restriction from k to 
 $k-1$
 and with
$k-1$
 and with 
 $-[\cdot ,\cdot ]$
 and
$-[\cdot ,\cdot ]$
 and 
 $\wedge $
. The cocycle condition allows one to glue
$\wedge $
. The cocycle condition allows one to glue 
 $\{{{}^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha }\}_\alpha $
 to a presheaf
$\{{{}^k}\!TW^{p,q}_{\alpha }\}_\alpha $
 to a presheaf 
 ${{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}$
 on
${{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}$
 on 
 ${{{}^0\!X}}$
 compatible with restricting from k to
${{{}^0\!X}}$
 compatible with restricting from k to 
 $k-1$
. We set
$k-1$
. We set 
 ${{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{n}:=\bigoplus _{p+q=n} {{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}$
.
${{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{n}:=\bigoplus _{p+q=n} {{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}$
.
 Though 
 ${}^kg_{\alpha \beta }$
 are not necessarily compatible with the differentials
${}^kg_{\alpha \beta }$
 are not necessarily compatible with the differentials 
 $\bar \partial _\alpha ,\bar \partial _\beta $
, there exist
$\bar \partial _\alpha ,\bar \partial _\beta $
, there exist 
 ${{}^k}\mathfrak {d}_\alpha \in {{}^k}\!TW^{-1,1}_{\alpha }$
 such that
${{}^k}\mathfrak {d}_\alpha \in {{}^k}\!TW^{-1,1}_{\alpha }$
 such that 
 $(\bar \partial _\alpha +[{{}^k}\mathfrak {d}_\alpha ,\cdot ])_\alpha $
 gives a system of maps compatible with
$(\bar \partial _\alpha +[{{}^k}\mathfrak {d}_\alpha ,\cdot ])_\alpha $
 gives a system of maps compatible with 
 ${}^kg_{\alpha \beta }$
 ([Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Theorem 3.34]). This system glues to an operator
${}^kg_{\alpha \beta }$
 ([Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Theorem 3.34]). This system glues to an operator 
 $\bar \partial $
 on
$\bar \partial $
 on 
 ${{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}$
 compatible with restriction from k to
${{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}$
 compatible with restriction from k to 
 $k-1$
. However,
$k-1$
. However, 
 $\bar \partial $
 is not a differential because
$\bar \partial $
 is not a differential because 
 $$ \begin{align*}\bar\partial^2 = \left[{{}^k}\mathfrak{l}_\alpha,\,\cdot\,\right]\quad\mbox{for }\quad {{}^k}\mathfrak{l}_\alpha:=\bar\partial_\alpha({{}^k}\mathfrak{d}_\alpha)+\frac12[{{}^k}\mathfrak{d}_\alpha,{{}^k}\mathfrak{d}_\alpha]\in{{}^k}\!TW_\alpha^{-1,2}.\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\bar\partial^2 = \left[{{}^k}\mathfrak{l}_\alpha,\,\cdot\,\right]\quad\mbox{for }\quad {{}^k}\mathfrak{l}_\alpha:=\bar\partial_\alpha({{}^k}\mathfrak{d}_\alpha)+\frac12[{{}^k}\mathfrak{d}_\alpha,{{}^k}\mathfrak{d}_\alpha]\in{{}^k}\!TW_\alpha^{-1,2}.\end{align*} $$
The 
 $\{{{}^k}\mathfrak {l}_\alpha \}_\alpha $
 glue to a global element
$\{{{}^k}\mathfrak {l}_\alpha \}_\alpha $
 glue to a global element 
 ${{}^k}\mathfrak {l}\in {{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{-1,2}$
 that is compatible with restricting from k to
${{}^k}\mathfrak {l}\in {{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{-1,2}$
 that is compatible with restricting from k to 
 $k-1$
. If
$k-1$
. If 
 ${{}^k}\phi \in {{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{-1,1}$
 solves the Maurer–Cartan equation
${{}^k}\phi \in {{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{-1,1}$
 solves the Maurer–Cartan equation 
 $$ \begin{align} \bar\partial({{}^k}\phi)+\frac12[{{}^k}\phi,{{}^k}\phi]+{{}^k}\mathfrak{l}=0, \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \bar\partial({{}^k}\phi)+\frac12[{{}^k}\phi,{{}^k}\phi]+{{}^k}\mathfrak{l}=0, \end{align} $$
then 
 $(\bar \partial +[{{}^k}\phi ,\cdot ])^2=0$
. In this case, the cohomology
$(\bar \partial +[{{}^k}\phi ,\cdot ])^2=0$
. In this case, the cohomology 
 $H^{\bullet }_{(\bar \partial +[{{}^k}\phi ,\cdot ])}({{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet })$
 is a presheaf of Gerstenhaber algebras on
$H^{\bullet }_{(\bar \partial +[{{}^k}\phi ,\cdot ])}({{}^k}\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet })$
 is a presheaf of Gerstenhaber algebras on 
 ${{}^0\!X}$
 that is locally isomorphic to
${{}^0\!X}$
 that is locally isomorphic to 
 ${}^k\mathcal {G}^{\bullet }_\alpha $
. The sheafification of its degree 0 part gives a sheaf
${}^k\mathcal {G}^{\bullet }_\alpha $
. The sheafification of its degree 0 part gives a sheaf 
 $\mathcal {O}_{X_k}$
 of
$\mathcal {O}_{X_k}$
 of 
 $\mathbb {C}[t]/t^{k+1}$
-algebras on
$\mathbb {C}[t]/t^{k+1}$
-algebras on 
 ${{}^0\!X}$
, which we take as the kth-order deformation of
${{}^0\!X}$
, which we take as the kth-order deformation of 
 ${{}^0\!X}$
. Taking the limit
${{}^0\!X}$
. Taking the limit 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\mathfrak {X}}:=\varprojlim _{k}\mathcal {O}_{X_k}$
 yields a flat and proper morphism
$\mathcal {O}_{\mathfrak {X}}:=\varprojlim _{k}\mathcal {O}_{X_k}$
 yields a flat and proper morphism 
 $\mathfrak {X}\to \mathfrak {S}$
 with
$\mathfrak {X}\to \mathfrak {S}$
 with 
 $\mathfrak {S}:=\operatorname {Spf}(\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ t]\kern -0.25em])$
.
$\mathfrak {S}:=\operatorname {Spf}(\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ t]\kern -0.25em])$
.
13.2. Constructing a Solution to the Maurer–Cartan Equation Using the Batalin–Vilkovisky Operator
 We assume that 
 $W^d_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}} \cong \mathcal {O}_{{}^0\!X}$
. We fix a global generator
$W^d_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}} \cong \mathcal {O}_{{}^0\!X}$
. We fix a global generator 
 ${}^0\omega \in \Gamma ({{}^0\!X},W^d_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^k\!S}})$
. Let
${}^0\omega \in \Gamma ({{}^0\!X},W^d_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^k\!S}})$
. Let 
 ${}^k\omega _\alpha \in \Gamma ({}^0V_\alpha ,W^d_{{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha /{{}^k\!S}})$
 be a choice of generator that is a lift to k of
${}^k\omega _\alpha \in \Gamma ({}^0V_\alpha ,W^d_{{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha /{{}^k\!S}})$
 be a choice of generator that is a lift to k of 
 ${}^0\omega |_{{}^0V_\alpha }$
. The Batalin–Vilkovisky operator
${}^0\omega |_{{}^0V_\alpha }$
. The Batalin–Vilkovisky operator 
 ${}^k\Delta _\alpha $
 is the transfer of the de Rham differential
${}^k\Delta _\alpha $
 is the transfer of the de Rham differential 
 $\texttt {d}$
 to the polyvector fields; that is,
$\texttt {d}$
 to the polyvector fields; that is, 
 ${}^k\Delta _\alpha $
 is the composition
${}^k\Delta _\alpha $
 is the composition
 $$ \begin{align*}\Theta^{p}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\stackrel{\mathrel{\llcorner}({}^k\omega_\alpha)}{\longrightarrow} W^{d-p}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\stackrel{\texttt{d}}{\longrightarrow} W^{d-p+1}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\stackrel{\mathrel{\llcorner}({}^k\omega_\alpha)^{-1}}{\longrightarrow} \Theta^{p-1}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\Theta^{p}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\stackrel{\mathrel{\llcorner}({}^k\omega_\alpha)}{\longrightarrow} W^{d-p}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\stackrel{\texttt{d}}{\longrightarrow} W^{d-p+1}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\stackrel{\mathrel{\llcorner}({}^k\omega_\alpha)^{-1}}{\longrightarrow} \Theta^{p-1}_{({{}^k\!V}\!_{\alpha})/{{}^k\!S}}\end{align*} $$
and thus a differential 
 ${}^k\mathcal {G}^p_\alpha \to {}^k\mathcal {G}^{p+1}_\alpha $
. Choosing
${}^k\mathcal {G}^p_\alpha \to {}^k\mathcal {G}^{p+1}_\alpha $
. Choosing 
 ${}^k\omega _\alpha $
 compatible with restricting from k to
${}^k\omega _\alpha $
 compatible with restricting from k to 
 $k-1$
, the
$k-1$
, the 
 ${}^k\Delta _\alpha $
 also share this property. For
${}^k\Delta _\alpha $
 also share this property. For 
 $W\subset {}^0V_\alpha \cap {}^0V_\beta $
 there is
$W\subset {}^0V_\alpha \cap {}^0V_\beta $
 there is 
 $\lambda _{\alpha \beta }\in \Gamma (W,{}^k\mathcal {G}^0_\alpha )$
 with
$\lambda _{\alpha \beta }\in \Gamma (W,{}^k\mathcal {G}^0_\alpha )$
 with 
 ${}^k\omega _\alpha |_W=\lambda _{\alpha \beta }\cdot {}^k\omega _\beta |_W$
. Setting
${}^k\omega _\alpha |_W=\lambda _{\alpha \beta }\cdot {}^k\omega _\beta |_W$
. Setting 
 ${{}^k}\mathfrak {w_{\alpha \beta }}:=\log (\lambda _{\alpha \beta })$
 yields
${{}^k}\mathfrak {w_{\alpha \beta }}:=\log (\lambda _{\alpha \beta })$
 yields
 $$ \begin{align*}{}^k\psi_{\beta\alpha}\circ {}^k\Delta_\beta\circ {}^k\psi_{\alpha\beta} - {}^k\Delta_\alpha=[{{}^k}\mathfrak{w}_{\alpha\beta},\,\cdot\,],\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}{}^k\psi_{\beta\alpha}\circ {}^k\Delta_\beta\circ {}^k\psi_{\alpha\beta} - {}^k\Delta_\alpha=[{{}^k}\mathfrak{w}_{\alpha\beta},\,\cdot\,],\end{align*} $$
and then 
 $\{{{}^k}\mathfrak {w_{\alpha \beta }}\}_{\alpha \beta }$
 can be upgraded ([Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Theorem 3.34]) to a Čech cocycle for
$\{{{}^k}\mathfrak {w_{\alpha \beta }}\}_{\alpha \beta }$
 can be upgraded ([Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Theorem 3.34]) to a Čech cocycle for 
 ${{}^k}\!TW^{0,0}_{\alpha ;\alpha \beta }$
 that by exactness lifts to a collection
${{}^k}\!TW^{0,0}_{\alpha ;\alpha \beta }$
 that by exactness lifts to a collection 
 ${{}^k}\mathfrak {f}_\alpha \in TW^{0,0}_{\alpha }$
. The collection is compatible with restricting from k to
${{}^k}\mathfrak {f}_\alpha \in TW^{0,0}_{\alpha }$
. The collection is compatible with restricting from k to 
 $k-1$
 and satisfies
$k-1$
 and satisfies
 $$ \begin{align*}{}^kg_{\beta\alpha}\circ ({}^k\Delta_\beta+[{}^k\mathfrak{f}_\beta,\cdot])\circ {}^kg_{\alpha\beta} =({}^k\Delta_\alpha+[{}^k\mathfrak{f}_\alpha,\cdot]).\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}{}^kg_{\beta\alpha}\circ ({}^k\Delta_\beta+[{}^k\mathfrak{f}_\beta,\cdot])\circ {}^kg_{\alpha\beta} =({}^k\Delta_\alpha+[{}^k\mathfrak{f}_\alpha,\cdot]).\end{align*} $$
Because 
 ${}^k\mathfrak {f}_\alpha $
 lives in degree
${}^k\mathfrak {f}_\alpha $
 lives in degree 
 $(0,0)$
, one has
$(0,0)$
, one has 
 $({}^k\Delta _\alpha +[{}^k\mathfrak {f}_\alpha ,\cdot ])^2=0$
, so we can glue the collection
$({}^k\Delta _\alpha +[{}^k\mathfrak {f}_\alpha ,\cdot ])^2=0$
, so we can glue the collection 
 $\{{}^k\Delta _\alpha +[{}^k\mathfrak {f}_\alpha ,\cdot ]\}_\alpha $
 to an operator
$\{{}^k\Delta _\alpha +[{}^k\mathfrak {f}_\alpha ,\cdot ]\}_\alpha $
 to an operator 
 $\Delta \colon {}^k\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}\to {}^k\operatorname {PV}^{p+1,q}$
 with
$\Delta \colon {}^k\operatorname {PV}^{p,q}\to {}^k\operatorname {PV}^{p+1,q}$
 with 
 $\Delta ^2=0$
. Now,
$\Delta ^2=0$
. Now,
 $$ \begin{align*}\Delta \bar\partial + \bar\partial\Delta = [{}^k\mathfrak{y},\cdot]\quad \mbox{ for } \quad {}^k\mathfrak{y}_\alpha:={}^k\Delta_\alpha({}^k\mathfrak{d}_\alpha)+{}^k\bar\partial_\alpha({}^k\mathfrak{f}_\alpha)+[{}^k\mathfrak{d}_\alpha,{}^k\mathfrak{f}_\alpha]\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\Delta \bar\partial + \bar\partial\Delta = [{}^k\mathfrak{y},\cdot]\quad \mbox{ for } \quad {}^k\mathfrak{y}_\alpha:={}^k\Delta_\alpha({}^k\mathfrak{d}_\alpha)+{}^k\bar\partial_\alpha({}^k\mathfrak{f}_\alpha)+[{}^k\mathfrak{d}_\alpha,{}^k\mathfrak{f}_\alpha]\end{align*} $$
and 
 ${}^k\mathfrak {y}\in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{0,1}$
 is glued from the collection
${}^k\mathfrak {y}\in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{0,1}$
 is glued from the collection 
 ${}^k\mathfrak {y}_\alpha $
. By construction,
${}^k\mathfrak {y}_\alpha $
. By construction,
 $$ \begin{align*}\breve{d}:=\bar\partial+\Delta+(\mathfrak{l}+\mathfrak{y})\wedge\end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*}\breve{d}:=\bar\partial+\Delta+(\mathfrak{l}+\mathfrak{y})\wedge\end{align*} $$
satisfies 
 $\breve {d}^2=0$
 and, furthermore,
$\breve {d}^2=0$
 and, furthermore, 
 $(\mathfrak {l}+\mathfrak {y})\equiv 0\mod (t)$
.
$(\mathfrak {l}+\mathfrak {y})\equiv 0\mod (t)$
.
Theorem 13.1. The natural maps 
 $H^i_{\!\breve {d}}({}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet })\to H^i_{\!\breve {d}}({}^{k-1}\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet })$
 are surjective for all i and k.
$H^i_{\!\breve {d}}({}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet })\to H^i_{\!\breve {d}}({}^{k-1}\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet })$
 are surjective for all i and k.
Proof. As in [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Proposition 4.8], the elements 
 $\exp ({{}^k}\mathfrak {f}_\alpha \mathrel {\llcorner }){{}^k}\omega _\alpha $
 glue to a global element
$\exp ({{}^k}\mathfrak {f}_\alpha \mathrel {\llcorner }){{}^k}\omega _\alpha $
 glue to a global element 
 ${{}^k}\omega $
 in the Thom–Whitney de Rham complex
${{}^k}\omega $
 in the Thom–Whitney de Rham complex 
 $({}^k_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet },d)$
 (constructed from
$({}^k_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet },d)$
 (constructed from 
 $W^{\bullet }_{{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha /{{}^k\!S}}$
 in our case) compatible with restricting from k to
$W^{\bullet }_{{{}^k\!V}\!_\alpha /{{}^k\!S}}$
 in our case) compatible with restricting from k to 
 $k-1$
. Contracting
$k-1$
. Contracting 
 ${{}^k}\omega $
 gives an isomorphism of complexes
${{}^k}\omega $
 gives an isomorphism of complexes 
 ${}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }\to {}^k_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet }$
, so it suffices to prove surjectivity of
${}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }\to {}^k_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet }$
, so it suffices to prove surjectivity of 
 $H^i_{\!{d}}({}^k_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet })\to H^i_{\!{d}}({}^{k-1}_{\ \ \,\,\parallel }\!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet })$
. This follows from Theorem 1.10 (cf. [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Lemma 4.17]).
$H^i_{\!{d}}({}^k_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet })\to H^i_{\!{d}}({}^{k-1}_{\ \ \,\,\parallel }\!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet })$
. This follows from Theorem 1.10 (cf. [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Lemma 4.17]).
Remark 13.2. For a formal variable 
 $u^{\frac 12}$
, consider on
$u^{\frac 12}$
, consider on 
 $\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u^{\frac 12}]\kern -0.25em]$
 the differential
$\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u^{\frac 12}]\kern -0.25em]$
 the differential 
 $\breve {d}_u:=\bar \partial +u\Delta +u^{-1}(\mathfrak {l}+u\mathfrak {y})\wedge $
. A direct computation gives
$\breve {d}_u:=\bar \partial +u\Delta +u^{-1}(\mathfrak {l}+u\mathfrak {y})\wedge $
. A direct computation gives 
 $\breve {d}_u=u^{\frac 12} I_u^{-1} \circ \breve {d} \circ I_u$
 where
$\breve {d}_u=u^{\frac 12} I_u^{-1} \circ \breve {d} \circ I_u$
 where 
 $I_u$
 is defined by
$I_u$
 is defined by 
 $I_u(\varphi ) = u^{\frac {p-q-2}2}\varphi $
 for
$I_u(\varphi ) = u^{\frac {p-q-2}2}\varphi $
 for 
 $\varphi \in \operatorname {PV}^{p,q}[\kern -0.25em[ u^{\frac 12}]\kern -0.25em][u^{-\frac 12}]$
 (cf. [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Notation 5.1]). Theorem 13.1 thus implies that
$\varphi \in \operatorname {PV}^{p,q}[\kern -0.25em[ u^{\frac 12}]\kern -0.25em][u^{-\frac 12}]$
 (cf. [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Notation 5.1]). Theorem 13.1 thus implies that
 $$ \begin{align} H^i_{\!\breve{d}_u}({}^k\!\operatorname{PV}^{\bullet}[\kern-0.25em[ u^{\frac12}]\kern-0.25em][u^{-\frac12}])\to H^i_{\!\breve{d}_u}({}^{k-1}\!\operatorname{PV}^{\bullet}[\kern-0.25em[ u^{\frac12}]\kern-0.25em][u^{-\frac12}]) \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} H^i_{\!\breve{d}_u}({}^k\!\operatorname{PV}^{\bullet}[\kern-0.25em[ u^{\frac12}]\kern-0.25em][u^{-\frac12}])\to H^i_{\!\breve{d}_u}({}^{k-1}\!\operatorname{PV}^{\bullet}[\kern-0.25em[ u^{\frac12}]\kern-0.25em][u^{-\frac12}]) \end{align} $$
is surjective for all 
 $i,k$
.
$i,k$
.
Theorem 13.3. For all i, 
 $H^i_{\bar \partial +u\Delta }({}^0\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em])$
 is a free
$H^i_{\bar \partial +u\Delta }({}^0\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em])$
 is a free 
 $\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
-module of finite rank.
$\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
-module of finite rank.
Proof. Note that 
 $k=0$
. With
$k=0$
. With 
 $\bar \partial $
 the Čech differential for the cover
$\bar \partial $
 the Čech differential for the cover 
 $\{V_\alpha \}_\alpha $
, the degeneration of the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequence for
$\{V_\alpha \}_\alpha $
, the degeneration of the Hodge–de Rham spectral sequence for 
 $(W^{\bullet }_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}},d)$
 at
$(W^{\bullet }_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}},d)$
 at 
 $E_1$
 by Theorem 1.9 is equivalent to
$E_1$
 by Theorem 1.9 is equivalent to 
 $H^i_{\bar \partial +ud}(\{V_\alpha \}_\alpha ,W^{\bullet }_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em])$
 being a free
$H^i_{\bar \partial +ud}(\{V_\alpha \}_\alpha ,W^{\bullet }_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em])$
 being a free 
 $\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
-module of finite rank. The quasi-isomorphisms
$\mathbb {C}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
-module of finite rank. The quasi-isomorphisms 
 $W^{\bullet }_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]\to {}^0_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
 and
$W^{\bullet }_{{{}^0\!X}/{{}^0\!S}}[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]\to {}^0_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
 and 
 ${}^0\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]\to {}^0_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
 yield the assertion.
${}^0\!\operatorname {PV}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]\to {}^0_\parallel \!\mathcal {A}^{\bullet }[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
 yield the assertion.
Theorem 13.4. There exist 
 ${}^k\varphi \in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^0[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
 for all
${}^k\varphi \in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^0[\kern -0.25em[ u]\kern -0.25em]$
 for all 
 $k\ge 0$
 with
$k\ge 0$
 with 
 ${}^k\varphi \equiv {}^{k+1}\varphi \mod t^{k+1}$
 and
${}^k\varphi \equiv {}^{k+1}\varphi \mod t^{k+1}$
 and 
 ${}^0\varphi =0$
 solving
${}^0\varphi =0$
 solving 
 $$ \begin{align} (\bar\partial+u\Delta)({{}^k}\varphi)+\frac12[{{}^k}\varphi,{{}^k}\varphi]+({{}^k}\mathfrak{l}+u\,{{}^k}\mathfrak{y})=0. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} (\bar\partial+u\Delta)({{}^k}\varphi)+\frac12[{{}^k}\varphi,{{}^k}\varphi]+({{}^k}\mathfrak{l}+u\,{{}^k}\mathfrak{y})=0. \end{align} $$
Furthermore, setting 
 ${{}^k}\phi :=({{}^k}\varphi \mod u)$
 with
${{}^k}\phi :=({{}^k}\varphi \mod u)$
 with 
 ${{}^k}\phi =\sum _j {{}^k}\phi _j$
 and
${{}^k}\phi =\sum _j {{}^k}\phi _j$
 and 
 ${{}^k}\phi _j\in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{-j,j}$
, it holds that
${{}^k}\phi _j\in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{-j,j}$
, it holds that 
 ${{}^k}\phi _0=0$
 and thus
${{}^k}\phi _0=0$
 and thus 
 ${{}^k}\phi _1\in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{-1,1}$
 solves (MC1).
${{}^k}\phi _1\in {}^k\!\operatorname {PV}^{-1,1}$
 solves (MC1).
Proof. The first assertion becomes [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Theorem 5.5] if we set 
 $\mathbf {I}=(t)$
 and
$\mathbf {I}=(t)$
 and 
 $\psi =0$
 and check that we have the ingredients for its proof available. The proof goes by induction over k and uses (i) the surjectivity in Theorem 13.1 for
$\psi =0$
 and check that we have the ingredients for its proof available. The proof goes by induction over k and uses (i) the surjectivity in Theorem 13.1 for 
 $k=0$
, (ii) the surjectivity in Equation (13.1) for all k and (iii) Theorem 13.3 in each step to get rid of negative powers of u in
$k=0$
, (ii) the surjectivity in Equation (13.1) for all k and (iii) Theorem 13.3 in each step to get rid of negative powers of u in 
 ${{}^k}\varphi $
. The second statement is [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Lemma 5.11].
${{}^k}\varphi $
. The second statement is [Reference Chan, Leung and N. Ma7, Lemma 5.11].
13.3. From a Formal Deformation to an Analytic Deformation
 Let 
 $\mathfrak {S}$
 be the completion of an analytic variety S in a nonzero divisor
$\mathfrak {S}$
 be the completion of an analytic variety S in a nonzero divisor 
 $t\in \Gamma (S,\mathcal {O}_S)$
. Let
$t\in \Gamma (S,\mathcal {O}_S)$
. Let 
 $S_k$
 be the closed analytic subvariety defined by
$S_k$
 be the closed analytic subvariety defined by 
 $t^k$
. If
$t^k$
. If 
 $X\to S$
 is flat, we denote by
$X\to S$
 is flat, we denote by 
 $X_k\to S_k$
 the base change to
$X_k\to S_k$
 the base change to 
 $S_k$
, similarly for a flat map
$S_k$
, similarly for a flat map 
 $\mathfrak {X}\to \mathfrak {S}$
.
$\mathfrak {X}\to \mathfrak {S}$
.
Theorem 13.5 [Reference Ruddat and Siebert43], Theorem B.1
 Given a proper and flat formal analytic morphism 
 $\hat \varphi \colon \mathfrak {X}\to \mathfrak {S}$
, for every
$\hat \varphi \colon \mathfrak {X}\to \mathfrak {S}$
, for every 
 $k>0$
 there is a proper flat analytic morphism
$k>0$
 there is a proper flat analytic morphism 
 $\varphi \colon X\to S$
 together with an
$\varphi \colon X\to S$
 together with an 
 $S_k$
-isomorphism
$S_k$
-isomorphism 
 $\mathfrak {X}_k\to X_k$
 of the base changes of
$\mathfrak {X}_k\to X_k$
 of the base changes of 
 $\hat \varphi $
 and
$\hat \varphi $
 and 
 $\varphi $
 to
$\varphi $
 to 
 $S_k$
.
$S_k$
.
Theorem 13.6 [Reference Ruddat42], Theorem 5.5 (1)
 In the situation of Theorem 13.5, given 
 $s\in S_0$
 and
$s\in S_0$
 and 
 $X_s=\varphi ^{-1}(s)$
, there exists an integer
$X_s=\varphi ^{-1}(s)$
, there exists an integer 
 $K>0$
 such that whenever
$K>0$
 such that whenever 
 $\varphi \colon X\to S$
 is obtained for
$\varphi \colon X\to S$
 is obtained for 
 $k>K$
, every point
$k>K$
, every point 
 $x\in X_s$
 has a neighbourhood in X whose t-completion is formally isomorphic to a neighbourhood of x in
$x\in X_s$
 has a neighbourhood in X whose t-completion is formally isomorphic to a neighbourhood of x in 
 $\mathfrak {X}$
, in particular, if
$\mathfrak {X}$
, in particular, if 
 $\mathfrak {X}$
 is a smoothing of a fibre
$\mathfrak {X}$
 is a smoothing of a fibre 
 $X_s$
 for
$X_s$
 for 
 $t\neq 0$
, then so is X.
$t\neq 0$
, then so is X.
Theorem 13.7 [Reference Ruddat42], Theorem 5.5 (3)
 In the situation of Theorem 13.6, for 
 $X_0$
 the base change to
$X_0$
 the base change to 
 $S_0$
, the maps of pairs
$S_0$
, the maps of pairs 
 $(X,X_0)\to (S,S_0)$
 and
$(X,X_0)\to (S,S_0)$
 and 
 $(\mathfrak {X},\mathfrak {X}_0)\to (\mathfrak {S},S_0)$
 turn
$(\mathfrak {X},\mathfrak {X}_0)\to (\mathfrak {S},S_0)$
 turn 
 $\hat \varphi $
 and
$\hat \varphi $
 and 
 $\varphi $
 into log morphisms via the divisorial log structures. There is an isomorphism of the log fibres over
$\varphi $
 into log morphisms via the divisorial log structures. There is an isomorphism of the log fibres over 
 $s\in S$
 whose underlying morphism is the restriction to the fibre
$s\in S$
 whose underlying morphism is the restriction to the fibre 
 $X_s$
 of the
$X_s$
 of the 
 $S_k$
-isomorphism
$S_k$
-isomorphism 
 $\mathfrak {X}_k\to X_k$
.
$\mathfrak {X}_k\to X_k$
.
Acknowledgements
The last author feels indebted to Arthur Ogus for almost a decade of communication on the challenges in proving Theorem 1.9. We thank Mark Gross for connecting the authors with K. Chan, C. Leung and Z.N. Ma, whom we also thank for supportive communication and harmonisation of our projects. We thank Hélène Esnault and Bernd Siebert for valuable communication and Stefan Müller-Stach for bringing the first and last authors together. Our gratitude for hospitality goes to JGU Mainz and the last author also thanks IAS Princeton and Univ. Hamburg. All authors were funded by DFG research grant RU 1629/4-1. S. Felten received a Doktorandenstipendium from the Carl Zeiss Foundation.
Conflict of Interest:
None.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





